TW202024139A - Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202024139A
TW202024139A TW108134253A TW108134253A TW202024139A TW 202024139 A TW202024139 A TW 202024139A TW 108134253 A TW108134253 A TW 108134253A TW 108134253 A TW108134253 A TW 108134253A TW 202024139 A TW202024139 A TW 202024139A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
mass
group
compound
coloring composition
patent application
Prior art date
Application number
TW108134253A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
瀧下大貴
山本啓之
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202024139A publication Critical patent/TW202024139A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention pertains to a colored composition containing a colorant, a radical-polymerizable monomer, and a radical photopolymerization initiator, wherein the radical photopolymerization initiator content of the total solid content of the colored composition is 3 mass% or more, and the colored composition is exposed using light having a wavelength of greater than 350 nm and no more than 380 nm at an exposure dose of 200 mJ/cm2 or more to form a cured film, the temperature being 150 DEG C or less throughout the entire process. The present invention also pertains to a method for manufacturing a cured film, a method for manufacturing a color filter, and a method for manufacturing a display device that use this colored composition.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜的形成方法、濾色器的製造方法及顯示裝置的製造方法Coloring composition, curing film forming method, color filter manufacturing method, and display device manufacturing method

本發明係有關一種著色組成物、硬化膜的形成方法、濾色器的製造方法及顯示裝置的製造方法。The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a method for forming a cured film, a method for manufacturing a color filter, and a method for manufacturing a display device.

以往,在各種顯示裝置及固體攝像元件中,使用濾色器而用於顯示圖像的彩色化。該種濾色器通常藉由形成含有樹脂及著色劑之硬化性的著色組成物的塗佈膜並將該塗佈膜硬化為圖案狀而製造。Conventionally, in various display devices and solid-state imaging elements, color filters have been used to color display images. This kind of color filter is usually manufactured by forming a coating film of a curable coloring composition containing a resin and a coloring agent and curing the coating film into a pattern.

近年來,研究了使用有機半導體材料和塑膠構件作為上述顯示裝置等的一部分原材料,並且期望濾色器亦能夠在150℃以下的溫度下製造。例如、專利文獻1中記載了如下內容:藉由使用組成物在150℃以下的低的硬化溫度下製造了賦予耐化學性之濾色器,該組成物含有在所有構成單元中包含45重量%以上的特定的構成單元之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)、包含特定的化合物之光聚合性單體(B)、光聚合起始劑(C)及著色劑(D)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]In recent years, it has been studied to use organic semiconductor materials and plastic members as part of the raw materials of the above-mentioned display devices and the like, and it is expected that color filters can also be manufactured at temperatures below 150°C. For example, Patent Document 1 describes the following: A color filter imparted with chemical resistance is manufactured by using a composition at a low curing temperature of 150°C or less, and the composition contains 45% by weight in all constituent units. The alkali-soluble resin (A) of the above specific structural unit, the photopolymerizable monomer (B) containing the specific compound, the photopolymerization initiator (C), and the coloring agent (D). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2018-091940號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-091940

然而,可知專利文獻1的硬化膜(濾色器)在高溫高濕試驗中分光特性容易發生變動。 本發明係鑑於上述問題而完成者,其目的在於提供一種能夠在低溫下形成分光特性的穩定性優異之硬化膜之著色組成物。However, it is known that the cured film (color filter) of Patent Document 1 easily fluctuates in the spectroscopic characteristics in the high temperature and high humidity test. The present invention was completed in view of the above-mentioned problems, and its object is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a cured film with excellent stability of spectral characteristics at low temperatures.

又,本發明的目的在於提供一種使用了上述著色組成物之硬化膜的形成方法、濾色器的製造方法及顯示裝置的製造方法。Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a method for forming a cured film using the colored composition, a method for manufacturing a color filter, and a method for manufacturing a display device.

上述課題能夠藉由與以往相比增加著色組成物中的光自由基聚合起始劑的含量,並且在曝光時在組成物內產生比以往更多的光自由基來解決。具體而言,藉由以下方法<1>、較佳為<2>~<21>來解決上述課題。The above-mentioned problem can be solved by increasing the content of the photo-radical polymerization initiator in the coloring composition compared to the past, and generating more photo-radicals in the composition during exposure than before. Specifically, the above-mentioned problems are solved by the following methods <1>, preferably <2> to <21>.

<1> 一種著色組成物,其含有著色劑、自由基聚合性單體及光自由基聚合起始劑,其中 著色組成物的總固體成分中的光自由基聚合起始劑的含量為3質量%以上, 著色組成物使用具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光,以200mJ/cm2 以上的曝光量進行曝光,並且用於在整個製程中以150℃以下的溫度形成硬化膜。 <2> 如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中 光自由基聚合起始劑的上述含量為9質量%以上。 <3> 如<1>或<2>所述之著色組成物,其中 著色組成物的總固體成分中的自由基聚合性單體的含量M與光自由基聚合起始劑的上述含量I之比M/I以質量比計為20以下。 <4> 如<1>至<3>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 光自由基聚合起始劑包含肟化合物。 <5> 如<4>所述之著色組成物,其中 肟化合物的上述含量為10質量%以上。 <6> 如<1>至<5>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 光自由基聚合起始劑包含甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A1及甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A2。 <7> 如<6>所述之著色組成物,其中 光聚合起始劑A1的上述含量為10質量%以上。 <8> 如<6>或<7>所述之著色組成物,其中 著色組成物的總固體成分中的自由基聚合性單體的含量M與光聚合起始劑A1的上述含量IA1 之比M/IA1 以質量比計為20以下。 <9> 如<6>至<8>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 光聚合起始劑A1包含含有氟原子之肟化合物。 <10> 如<6>至<9>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 光聚合起始劑A2包含羥基烷基苯酮化合物。 <11> 如<10>所述之著色組成物,其中 羥基烷基苯酮化合物為由下述式(V)表示之化合物, 式(V): [化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
式中,Rv1 表示取代基,Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv2 與Rv3 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環,m表示0~5的整數。 <12> 如<6>至<11>中任一項所述之感光性著色組成物,其中 著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的合計含量為5~15質量%。 <13> 如<1>至<12>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 該著色組成物還含有樹脂,該樹脂包含來自於由下述式(I)表示之化合物的重複單元, [化學式2]
Figure 02_image003
式中,X1 表示O或NH, R1 表示氫原子或甲基, L1 表示2價的連接基, R10 表示取代基, m表示0~2的整數, p表示0以上的整數。 <14> 如<1>至<13>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其還含有包含呋喃基之化合物。 <15> 如<14>所述之著色組成物,其中 包含呋喃基之化合物為選自樹脂中之至少1種,該樹脂包含來自於由下述式(fur-1)表示之化合物及由下述式(fur-1)表示之化合物的重複單元, 式(fur-1): [化學式3]
Figure 02_image005
式中,Rf1 表示氫原子或甲基,Rf2 表示2價的連接基。 <16> 一種硬化膜的形成方法,其具有: 將<1>至<15>中任一項所述之著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層之製程;及 以200mJ/cm2 以上的曝光量對著色組成物層照射具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光,從而對著色組成物層進行曝光之曝光製程, 在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下獲得著色組成物層硬化而成之膜亦即硬化膜。 <17> 如<16>所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 曝光製程中的曝光量為1J/cm2 以上。 <18> 如<16>或<17>所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 曝光製程中的曝光照度為1000mW/cm2 以上。 <19> 如<16>至<18>中任一項所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 在整個製程中,在100℃以下的溫度下獲得硬化膜。 <20> 一種濾色器的製造方法,其包括<16>至<19>中任一項所述之硬化膜的形成方法。 <21> 一種顯示裝置的製造方法,其包括<16>至<19>中任一項所述之硬化膜的形成方法。 [發明效果]<1> A coloring composition containing a coloring agent, a radical polymerizable monomer and a photoradical polymerization initiator, wherein the content of the photoradical polymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 3 mass % Or more, the coloring composition uses light having a wavelength greater than 350 nm and less than 380 nm, exposed at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 or more, and used to form a cured film at a temperature of 150° C. or less throughout the process. <2> The colored composition as described in <1>, wherein the content of the radical photopolymerization initiator is 9% by mass or more. <3> The coloring composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the content M of the radical polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the color composition and the above-mentioned content I of the photo radical polymerization initiator are The ratio M/I is 20 or less in terms of mass ratio. <4> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator contains an oxime compound. <5> The colored composition as described in <4>, wherein the content of the oxime compound is 10% by mass or more. <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator contains light with an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm The polymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 in which the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm or less and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more. <7> The colored composition according to <6>, wherein the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is 10% by mass or more. <8> The coloring composition as described in <6> or <7>, wherein the content M of the radical polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition and the above-mentioned content I A1 of the photopolymerization initiator A1 The ratio M/I A1 is 20 or less in mass ratio. <9> The colored composition according to any one of <6> to <8>, wherein the photopolymerization initiator A1 contains an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom. <10> The colored composition according to any one of <6> to <9>, wherein the photopolymerization initiator A2 contains a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. <11> The colored composition as described in <10>, wherein the hydroxyalkyl phenone compound is a compound represented by the following formula (V), formula (V): [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001
In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer of 0-5. <12> The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of <6> to <11>, wherein the total content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition It is 5-15 mass%. <13> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the colored composition further contains a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (I), [Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003
In the formula, X 1 represents O or NH, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 represents a divalent linking group, R 10 represents a substituent, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and p represents an integer of 0 or more. <14> The colored composition as described in any one of <1> to <13>, which further contains a furan group-containing compound. <15> The coloring composition as described in <14>, wherein the furan group-containing compound is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a compound derived from the following formula (fur-1) and The repeating unit of the compound represented by the formula (fur-1), the formula (fur-1): [Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005
In the formula, Rf 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Rf 2 represents a divalent linking group. <16> A method for forming a cured film, comprising: a process of coating the colored composition described in any one of <1> to <15> on a support to form a colored composition layer; and 200 mJ/ The exposure amount above cm 2 irradiates the colored composition layer with light having a wavelength greater than 350nm and less than 380nm, thereby exposing the colored composition layer to an exposure process, and the colored composition is obtained at a temperature below 150°C in the entire process The cured film is the cured film. <17> The method for forming a cured film as described in <16>, wherein the exposure amount in the exposure process is 1 J/cm 2 or more. <18> The method for forming a cured film as described in <16> or <17>, wherein the exposure illuminance in the exposure process is 1000 mW/cm 2 or more. <19> The method for forming a cured film as described in any one of <16> to <18>, wherein the cured film is obtained at a temperature of 100°C or less throughout the process. <20> A method of manufacturing a color filter, including the method for forming a cured film according to any one of <16> to <19>. <21> A method of manufacturing a display device, including the method for forming a cured film according to any one of <16> to <19>. [Invention Effect]

藉由本發明的著色組成物,能夠在低溫下形成分光特性的穩定性優異之硬化膜。而且,藉由本發明的著色組成物,能夠提供一種本發明的硬化膜的形成方法、濾色器的製造方法及顯示裝置的製造方法。With the coloring composition of the present invention, a cured film with excellent stability of spectral characteristics can be formed at low temperatures. Furthermore, with the colored composition of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for forming a cured film, a method for manufacturing a color filter, and a method for manufacturing a display device of the present invention.

以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於已闡明之實施形態。Hereinafter, the main embodiment of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated embodiment.

本說明書中,使用“~”符號表示之數值範圍係指包含記載於“~”的前後之數值而分別作為下限值及上限值之範圍。In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" refers to a range that includes the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively.

在本說明書中,“製程”這一詞不僅包括獨立的製程,只要能夠實現該製程的預期作用,則亦包括無法與其他製程明確區別之製程。In this specification, the term "process" not only includes independent processes, but also includes processes that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the process can achieve the expected effect of the process.

對於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記係指包含不具有取代基之基團,並且還包含具有取代基之基團。例如,在僅記載為“烷基”之情況下,這意味著包含不具有取代基之烷基(未取代烷基)及具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)這兩者。Regarding the label of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the label not marked with substituted and unsubstituted means that it includes a group without a substituent, and also includes a group with a substituent. For example, when only described as "alkyl", this means that both an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) and a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group) are included.

在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係指“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”係指“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”係指“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或任一者。In this specification, “(meth)acrylate” refers to both or either of “acrylate” and “methacrylate”, and “(meth)acrylic acid” refers to “acrylic acid” and “methacrylate”. Both "acrylic acid" and "(meth)acryloyl" mean both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".

在本說明書中,組成物中的總固體成分的濃度由除溶劑以外的其他成分相對於該組成物的總質量的質量百分率表示。In this specification, the concentration of the total solid content in the composition is represented by the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.

在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則溫度設為23℃。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is set to 23°C.

在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)表示為依據凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測量)之聚苯乙烯換算值。該重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並且作為管柱使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)來求出。又,除非另有說明,否則作為洗提液使用THF(四氫呋喃)而進行測量。又,除非另有說明,否則對GPC測量中的檢測使用UV射線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are expressed as polystyrene conversion values based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) can be used, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and protecting columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) are calculated. In addition, unless otherwise specified, measurement was performed using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. In addition, unless otherwise specified, a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector is used for detection in GPC measurement.

在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,當記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數個層中成為基準之層的上側或下側具有其他層即可。亦即,可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步介入有第3層或要素,並且成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,否則將層堆疊於基材之方向稱為“上”,或者當存在感光層時,將從基材朝向感光層之方向稱為“上”,將與其相反的方向稱為“下”。另外,該種上下方向的設定在本說明書中係為了方便起見,在實際的態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦能夠與垂直向上方向不同。In this specification, when describing the positional relationship of the layers constituting the layered body as "upper" or "lower", it is only necessary to have another layer on the upper or lower side of the layer to be the reference among the plurality of layers of interest . In other words, a third layer or element may be further interposed between the layer serving as the reference and the other layer described above, and the layer serving as the reference need not be in contact with the other layer described above. Also, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked on the substrate is called "up", or when a photosensitive layer is present, the direction from the substrate to the photosensitive layer is called "up", and the opposite direction is called As "under". In addition, the setting of this vertical direction is for convenience in this specification, and in an actual aspect, the "up" direction in this specification can also be different from the vertical upward direction.

在本說明書中,關於除了可見區域以外的電磁波,亦為了方便而使用“光”這一術語,對於除了可見區域以外的電磁波,“光”的含義與“電磁波”的含義相同。In this specification, regarding electromagnetic waves other than the visible region, the term "light" is also used for convenience. For electromagnetic waves other than the visible region, "light" has the same meaning as "electromagnetic waves".

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物含有著色劑、自由基聚合性單體(以下,亦簡稱為單“聚合性單體”。)及光自由基聚合起始劑(以下,亦簡稱為“光聚合起始劑”。)。而且,在本發明的著色組成物中,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑的含量為3質量%以上。此外,該著色組成物使用具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光,以200mJ/cm2 以上的曝光量進行曝光,並且用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜,該硬化膜能夠用作在顯示裝置等中所使用之濾色器。<Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent, a radical polymerizable monomer (hereinafter also referred to as a single "polymerizable monomer"), and a photoradical polymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as "Photopolymerization initiator".). Furthermore, in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 3% by mass or more. Furthermore, the coloring composition with light having a wavelength of 350nm is greater than and 380nm or less, the exposure amount of 2 or more 200mJ / cm exposure, and for forming a cured film at a temperature of 150 deg.] C throughout the manufacturing process, the hardening The film can be used as a color filter used in a display device or the like.

本發明的著色組成物係用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜者,係用於在整個製程中在120℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜者為較佳。在本說明書中,在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜係指,在150℃以下的支撐體溫度及環境溫度下進行使用著色組成物及支撐體在支撐體上形成硬化膜之一系列的整個製程。例如,使用著色組成物及支撐體形成硬化膜及圖案狀的硬化膜之製程中,包括將著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上之製程、對包含組成物之塗佈膜進行乾燥之製程、對經乾燥之膜進行曝光之製程、對經曝光之膜進行顯影之製程及在曝光後或顯影後加熱支撐體之製程(所謂的後烘烤)等。後烘烤依據需要而實施,亦可以不實施。The coloring composition of the present invention is used to form a cured film at a temperature below 150°C in the entire process, and preferably used to form a cured film at a temperature below 120°C in the entire process. In this specification, the formation of a cured film at a temperature below 150°C throughout the process refers to the use of a colored composition and a support to form a cured film on the support at a temperature of the support below 150°C and the ambient temperature. A series of the entire process. For example, the process of forming a cured film and a patterned cured film using a colored composition and a support includes a process of coating the colored composition on the support, a process of drying the coating film containing the composition, and The process of exposing the dried film, the process of developing the exposed film, the process of heating the support after exposure or development (so-called post-baking), etc. Post-baking is implemented according to needs, or not.

本發明的著色組成物的固體成分濃度係5~25質量%為較佳。上限為22.5質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,18質量%以下為進一步較佳。若固體成分濃度為上述範圍,則即使在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度(較佳為120℃以下的溫度)下形成了硬化膜之情況下,亦能夠形成平坦性優異之膜。The solid content concentration of the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 25% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 22.5% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 18% by mass or less. If the solid content concentration is in the above range, even when a cured film is formed at a temperature of 150°C or less (preferably a temperature of 120°C or less) throughout the process, a film with excellent flatness can be formed.

在本發明的著色組成物中,著色組成物中的光聚合起始劑的含量比以往較多地設定為3質量%以上,並且,著色組成物以200mJ/cm2 以上這樣的比以往多的曝光量被曝光。藉此,即使不實施如大於150℃之加熱硬化處理,亦能夠在低溫下形成分光特性的穩定性優異之硬化膜。認為這是因為,藉由比以往多的光聚合起始劑及比以往多的曝光量,產生與以往實施顯影後的高溫(例如大於150℃)下的加熱硬化處理時相同數量的光自由基。亦即,在本發明中,認為能夠藉由產生大量光自由基之曝光來實現與藉由高溫下的加熱硬化處理而產生之交聯狀態相同的緻密的交聯狀態。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the coloring composition is set to be 3% by mass or more than before, and the coloring composition is 200mJ/cm 2 or more than before. The amount of exposure is exposed. Thereby, even if the heat curing treatment of more than 150°C is not performed, a cured film with excellent stability of the spectral characteristics can be formed at a low temperature. It is considered that this is because, with more photopolymerization initiators and more exposure than before, the same amount of photo radicals as in the conventional heat hardening treatment at high temperature (for example, greater than 150°C) after development is generated. That is, in the present invention, it is considered that the same dense cross-linked state as the cross-linked state produced by the heat hardening treatment at high temperature can be achieved by exposure that generates a large amount of light radicals.

又,在本發明中,尤其光聚合起始劑包含具有芳香族環之後述的化合物,此外,樹脂含有後述樹脂b1、或者著色組成物含有後述含有呋喃基之化合物時,認為產生自由基之光自由基聚合起始劑的分解物聚集在樹脂的芳香族環的周圍並填充樹脂的間隙。其結果,硬化膜的膜質成為更緻密的狀態,耐濕性等得到提高,有助於分光特性的穩定性。Furthermore, in the present invention, in particular, the photopolymerization initiator includes a compound having an aromatic ring described later. In addition, when the resin contains resin b1 described later, or the coloring composition contains a furan group-containing compound described later, it is considered that radical light is generated. The decomposition product of the radical polymerization initiator gathers around the aromatic ring of the resin and fills the gaps of the resin. As a result, the film quality of the cured film becomes a denser state, the moisture resistance, etc. are improved, and it contributes to the stability of the spectral characteristics.

本發明的著色組成物例如為用於形成構成顯示裝置用濾色器之像素(圖案狀的硬化膜)的著色組成物。濾色器通常具有對應於紅色(R)、綠色(G)及藍色(B)這3種顏色之像素,該等像素按顏色將由與各色對應之著色組成物形成之硬化膜進行圖案化而製造。作為顯示裝置的種類並無特別限定,但是當在包含有機半導體層之支撐體等、耐熱性低的支撐體上形成濾色器之顯示裝置之情況下,本發明的著色組成物尤其有效。作為該種顯示裝置,可列舉有機電致發光顯示裝置等具有有機半導體元件作為光源之顯示裝置等。The coloring composition of the present invention is, for example, a coloring composition for forming pixels (pattern-shaped cured film) constituting a color filter for a display device. Color filters usually have pixels corresponding to three colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and these pixels are patterned by coloring a cured film formed of colored compositions corresponding to each color. manufacture. The type of display device is not particularly limited, but the coloring composition of the present invention is particularly effective in the case of a display device in which a color filter is formed on a support having low heat resistance, such as a support including an organic semiconductor layer. Examples of such display devices include display devices having organic semiconductor elements as light sources, such as organic electroluminescence display devices.

由本發明的著色組成物形成之硬化膜及像素的厚度為0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限為0.8μm以上為較佳,1.0μm以上為更佳,1.1μm以上為進一步較佳。上限為2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳,1.8μm以下為進一步較佳。The thickness of the cured film and pixels formed from the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

又,由本發明的著色組成物形成之像素的線寬(圖案尺寸)為2.0~10.0μm為較佳。上限為7.5μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,4.0μm以下為進一步較佳。下限為2.25μm以上為較佳,2.5μm以上為更佳,2.75μm以上為進一步較佳。當像素的線寬(圖案尺寸)在上述範圍內時,本發明的有用性大。Moreover, it is preferable that the line width (pattern size) of the pixel formed by the coloring composition of the present invention is 2.0 to 10.0 μm. The upper limit is preferably 7.5 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 4.0 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.25 μm or more, more preferably 2.5 μm or more, and even more preferably 2.75 μm or more. When the line width (pattern size) of the pixel is within the above range, the usefulness of the present invention is great.

以下,對能夠構成著色組成物之各成分進行說明。Hereinafter, each component that can constitute the colored composition will be described.

<<著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有著色劑。作為著色劑,可列舉紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑、橙色著色劑等彩色著色劑。在本發明中,著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。亦可以併用顏料和染料。又,顏料可以為無機顏料、有機顏料中的任一種。又,顏料中亦能夠使用由有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料的一部分而獲得之材料。藉由由有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料的一部分,能夠容易設計色相。<<Colorant>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent. Examples of the coloring agent include coloring agents such as red coloring agents, green coloring agents, blue coloring agents, yellow coloring agents, purple coloring agents, and orange coloring agents. In the present invention, the colorant may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes can also be used together. In addition, the pigment may be any of an inorganic pigment and an organic pigment. In addition, it is also possible to use materials obtained by replacing part of inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores. By replacing part of inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, the hue can be easily designed.

本發明中所使用之著色劑包含顏料為較佳。又,著色劑中的顏料的含量係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。又,著色劑可以僅為顏料。作為顏料可列舉以下所示者。The coloring agent used in the present invention preferably contains a pigment. In addition, the content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. In addition, the colorant may only be a pigment. Examples of the pigment include those shown below.

比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(次甲基系),233(喹啉系),234(胺基酮系),235(胺基酮系),236(胺基酮系)等(以上為黃色顏料。以下,亦簡稱為“PY1”等。)。 C.I.顏料橙 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上為橙色顏料)。以下,亦簡稱為“PO2”等。)。 C.I.顏料紅 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294(口山口星系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(單偶氮系),296(重氮系),297(胺基酮系)等(以上為紅色顏料。以下,亦簡稱為“PR1”等。)。 C.I.顏料綠 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(酞菁系),65(酞菁系),66(酞菁系)等(以上為綠色顏料。以下,亦簡稱為“PG7”等。)。 C.I.顏料紫 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(三芳基甲烷系), 61(口山口星系)等(以上為紫色顏料。以下,亦簡稱為“PV1”等。)。 C.I.顏料藍 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(單偶氮系),88(次甲基系)等(以上為藍色顏料。以下,亦簡稱為“PB1”等。)。Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175, 176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine series), 233 (quinoline series), 234 (Amino ketone series), 235 (amino ketone series), 236 (amino ketone series), etc. (The above are yellow pigments. Hereinafter, also referred to as "PY1" etc.). CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 Etc. (the above are orange pigments). Hereinafter, it is also simply referred to as "PO2" and the like. ). CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4 , 49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3 , 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291 , 294 (Kou Yamaguchi Galaxy, Organo Ultramarine, Bluish Red), 295 (monoazo series), 296 (diazo series), 297 (amino ketone series), etc. (the above are red pigments. Hereinafter, also referred to as "PR1" "Wait.). CI Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64 (phthalocyanine series), 65 (phthalocyanine series), 66 (phthalocyanine series), etc. (The above are green pigments. Hereinafter, also referred to as As "PG7" etc.). C.I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane series), 61 (koushankou galaxy), etc. (The above are purple pigments. Hereinafter, also referred to as "PV1" etc.). CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87 (monoazo Series), 88 (methine series), etc. (The above are blue pigments. Hereinafter, also referred to as "PB1" etc.).

又,作為綠色顏料,能夠使用1分子中的鹵素原子數為平均10~14個,溴原子數為平均8~12個,氯原子數為平均2~5個之鹵化鋅酞青素顏料。作為具體例可列舉國際公開第2015/118720號中所記載之化合物。又,作為綠色顏料,亦能夠使用中國專利申請公開第106909027號說明書中所記載之化合物、具有國際公開第2012/102395號中所記載之磷酸酯作為配位體之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中所記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2018-180023號公報中所記載之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-038958號公報中所記載之化合物等。In addition, as the green pigment, a zinc halide pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as the green pigment, the compound described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having the phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 as a ligand, and JP 2019 The phthalocyanine compound described in -008014, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2018-180023, the compound described in JP 2019-038958, etc.

又,作為藍色顏料,還能夠使用具有磷原子之鋁酞青化合物。作為具體例,可列舉日本特開2012-247591號公報的0022~0030段、日本特開2011-157478號公報的0047段中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. As specific examples, the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP 2011-157478 can be cited.

又,作為黃色顏料,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201003號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-197719號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171912號公報的0011~0062段、0137~0276中所記載的化合物、日本特開2017-171913號公報的0010~0062段、0138~0295中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171914號公報的0011~0062段、0139~0190段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171915號公報的0010~0065段、0142~0222段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-054339號公報的0011~0034段中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-026228號公報的段0013~0058中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062644號公報中所記載之異吲哚啉化合物、日本特開2018-203798號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062578號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6432076號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-155881號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-111757號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-040835號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2017-197640號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2016-145282號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-085565號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-021139號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209614號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209435號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-181015號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-061622號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-032486號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2012-226110號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074987號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-081565號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074986號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074985號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-050420號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-031281號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特公昭48-032765號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、由下述式(QP1)表示之化合物、由下述式(QP2)表示之化合物。In addition, as the yellow pigment, the compounds described in JP 2017-201003 A, the compounds described in JP 2017-197719, and paragraphs 0011 to 0062 of JP 2017-171912 can also be used. , Compounds described in 0137 to 0276, JP 2017-171913 Paragraphs 0010 to 0062, Compounds 0138 to 0295, JP 2017-171914 Paragraphs 0011 to 0062, 0139 to 0190 The compound described in paragraphs, the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065, 0142 to 0222 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-171915, the quinolines described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-054339 Yellow compounds, quinoline yellow compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP 2014-026228, isoindoline compounds described in JP 2018-062644, and JP 2018-203798 The quinoline yellow compound described in the publication, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-062578, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6432076, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-155881 The quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2018-111757 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2018-040835 A, JP 2017-197640 The quinoline yellow compound described in the publication, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2016-145282 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2014-085565 A, and the JP 2014-021139 The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-209614, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-209435, and the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-209435. The quinoline yellow compound described in No. 181015, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-061622 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-032486 A, JP 2012 The quinoline yellow compound described in 226110, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-074987, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-081565, and the JP The quinoline yellow compound described in 2008-074986, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-074985, and the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-050420 The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-031281, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-032765, and the quinoline described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-008014 Yellow compound, a compound represented by the following formula (QP1), and a compound represented by the following formula (QP2).

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

式(QP1)中,X1 ~X16 分別獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子,Z1 表示碳數1~3的伸烷基。作為由式(QP1)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利第6443711號公報的0016段中所記載之化合物。In the formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1), the compound described in paragraph 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 can be cited.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

式(QP2)中,Y1 ~Y3 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子。n、m表示0~6的整數,p表示0~5的整數。(n+m)為1以上。作為由式(QP2)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利6432077號公報的0047~0048段中所記載之化合物。In formula (QP2), Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom. n and m represent an integer of 0-6, and p represents an integer of 0-5. (N+m) is 1 or more. As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2), the compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can be cited.

作為紅色顏料,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201384號公報中所記載之結構中取代有至少一個臭素原子之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的0016~0022段中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2012-229344號公報中所記載之萘酚偶氮化合物、日本專利第6516119號公報中所記載之紅色色材、日本專利第6525101號公報中所記載之紅色色材等。又,作為紅色顏料,亦能夠使用具有對芳香族環導入鍵結有氧原子、硫原子或氮原子之基團而成之芳香族環基與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架鍵結之結構之化合物。As the red pigment, it is also possible to use the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound having at least one skatole atom substituted in the structure described in JP 2017-201384 A, and the two described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 Ketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, JP 2012-229344 A The naphthol azo compound described in, the red color material described in Japanese Patent No. 6516119, the red color material described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like. In addition, as the red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group formed by introducing a group bonding an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom to the aromatic ring is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton can also be used.

作為染料並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的染料。例如,能夠列舉吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮(anthrapyridone)系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡咯亞甲基系等染料。又,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2012-158649號公報中所記載之噻唑化合物、日本特開2011-184493號公報中所記載之偶氮化合物、日本特開2011-145540號公報中所記載之偶氮化合物、日本特開2018-012863號公報中所記載之分子內醯亞胺型的口山口星染料。又,作為黃色染料,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-054339號公報的0011~0034段中所記載之喹啉黃(quinophthalone)化合物、日本特開2014-026228號公報的0013~0058段中所記載之喹啉黃化合物等。The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonine series, pyrazolo triazole series Nitrogen series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenanthrene series, pyrrolopyrazole imide series, Kouyamaguchi system, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrromethene series, etc. dye. In addition, the thiazole compound described in JP 2012-158649 A, the azo compound described in JP 2011-184493 A, and the azo compound described in JP 2011-145540 A can also be preferably used. The azo compound, the intramolecular imine type Kouyamaguchi star dye described in JP 2018-012863 A. In addition, as the yellow dye, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP 2013-054339 A, and the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP 2014-026228 A can also be used. The quinoline yellow compounds and so on.

作為黃色著色劑,能夠使用國際公開第2012/128233號、日本特開2017-201003號公報中所記載之色素。又,作為紅色著色劑,能夠使用國際公開第2012/102399號、國際公開第2012/117965號及日本特開2012-229344號公報中所記載之色素。又,作為綠色著色劑,能夠使用國際公開第2012/102395號中所記載之色素。此外,亦能夠使用國際公開第2011/037195號中所記載之成鹽型染料。As the yellow coloring agent, the dyes described in International Publication No. 2012/128233 and JP 2017-201003 A can be used. In addition, as the red colorant, the dyes described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, International Publication No. 2012/117965, and JP 2012-229344 A can be used. In addition, as a green coloring agent, the pigment described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 can be used. In addition, the salt-forming dyes described in International Publication No. 2011/037195 can also be used.

在本發明中,作為著色劑亦能夠使用色素多聚體。色素多聚體係溶解於溶劑中而使用之染料為較佳,但是色素多聚體可以形成粒子,當色素多聚體為粒子時,通常以分散於溶劑之狀態使用。粒子狀態的色素多聚體例如能夠藉由乳化聚合來獲得,可列舉日本特開2015-214682號公報中所記載之化合物及製造方法作為具體例。色素多聚體係在一分子中具有2個以上的色素結構,具有3個以上的色素結構為較佳。上限並無特別限定,能夠設為100以下。一分子中所具有之複數個色素結構可以為同一色素結構,亦可以為不同色素結構。色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2000~50000。下限為3000以上為更佳,6000以上為進一步較佳。上限為30000以下為更佳,20000以下為進一步較佳。In the present invention, a dye multimer can also be used as a coloring agent. The pigment polymer system is dissolved in a solvent and the dye used is preferably, but the pigment polymer can form particles. When the pigment polymer is a particle, it is usually used in a state dispersed in the solvent. The pigment multimer in the particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and the production method described in JP 2015-214682 A. The pigment polymer system has two or more pigment structures in one molecule, and it is preferable to have three or more pigment structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and can be 100 or less. The plural pigment structures in a molecule can be the same pigment structure or different pigment structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the pigment multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less.

色素多聚體所具有的之色素結構可列舉來自於在可見區域(較佳為波長400~700nm的範圍、更佳為400~650nm的範圍)具有吸收之色素化合物之結構。例如,可列舉三芳基甲烷色素結構、口山口星色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、花藍色素結構、方酸內鎓鹽色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞青素色素結構、亞酞青素色素結構、偶氮色素結構、吡唑并三唑色素結構、二吡咯甲川色素結構、異吲哚啉色素結構、噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構、紫環銅色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二亞銨鎓色素結構、萘酞青素色素結構、芮色素結構、二苯并呋喃酮色素結構、部花藍色素結構、克酮鎓色素結構、氧雜菁色素結構等。The pigment structure possessed by the pigment multimer can be exemplified by a structure derived from a pigment compound that has absorption in the visible region (preferably in the range of 400 to 700 nm, more preferably in the range of 400 to 650 nm). For example, triarylmethane pigment structure, Kouyamaguchi pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, cyanine pigment structure, squaraine pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, subphthalocyanine Pigment structure, azo pigment structure, pyrazolotriazole pigment structure, dipyrromethorphan pigment structure, isoindoline pigment structure, thiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure, purple ring copper pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole Pigment structure, diiminium pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, rui pigment structure, dibenzofuranone pigment structure, merocyanine pigment structure, crotonium pigment structure, oxacyanine pigment structure, etc.

色素多聚體係具有由式(A)表示之重複單元之色素多聚體、具有由式(B)表示之重複單元之色素多聚體、具有由式(C)表示之重複單元之色素多聚體及由式(D)表示之色素多聚體為較佳,具有由式(A)表示之重複單元之色素多聚體及由式(D)表示之色素多聚體為更佳。Pigment multimeric system: Pigment multimers with repeating units represented by formula (A), pigment multimers with repeating units represented by formula (B), pigment multimers with repeating units represented by formula (C) The dye multimer represented by the formula (D) is preferable, and the dye multimer having the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) and the dye multimer represented by the formula (D) are more preferable.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

式(A)中,X1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,D1 表示色素結構。關於式(A)的詳細能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0138~0152段,該內容被併入本說明書中。In the formula (A), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye structure. For details of the formula (A), refer to paragraphs 0138 to 0152 of JP 2013-029760 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

式(B)中,X2 表示重複單元的主鏈,L2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,D2 表示具有能夠與Y2 離子鍵結或配位鍵結之基團之色素結構,Y2 表示能夠與D2 離子鍵結或配位鍵結之基團。關於式(B)的詳細能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0156~0161段,該內容被併入本說明書中。In formula (B), X 2 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 2 represents a dye structure having a group capable of ionic bonding or coordinate bonding with Y 2 , Y 2 represents a group capable of ionic bonding or coordinate bonding with D 2 . For details of the formula (B), refer to paragraphs 0156 to 0161 of JP 2013-029760 A, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

式(C)中,L3 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,D3 表示色素結構,m表示0或1。關於式(C)的詳細能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0165~0167段,該內容被併入本說明書中。In the formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, D 3 represents a dye structure, and m represents 0 or 1. For details of the formula (C), refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0167 of JP 2013-029760 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

式(D)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連接基,L41 及L42 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價的連接基,D4 表示色素結構,P4 表示取代基;n表示2~15,k表示0~13,n+k為2~15。n為2以上時,複數個D4 可以互不相同,亦可相同。k為2以上時,複數個P4 可以互不相同,亦可相同。作為L4 所表示之(n+k)價的連接基,可列舉日本特開2008-222950號公報的0071~0072段中所記載之連接基、日本特開2013-029760號公報的0176段中所記載之連接基等。P4 所表示之取代基可列舉酸基、聚合性基等。作為聚合性基,可列舉乙烯性不飽和基(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團)、環氧基、口咢唑啉、羥甲基等。作為乙烯性不飽和基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為酸基,可列舉羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。P4 所表示之取代基可以為具有重複單元之1價的聚合物鏈。具有重複單元之1價的聚合物鏈較佳為具有來自於乙烯基化合物之重複單元之1價的聚合物鏈。In formula (D), L 4 represents a (n+k) valent linking group, L 41 and L 42 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, D 4 represents a dye structure, and P 4 represents a substituent; n Represents 2-15, k represents 0-13, and n+k represents 2-15. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of D 4 may be different from each other or may be the same. When k is 2 or more, a plurality of P 4 may be different from each other or may be the same. As the linking group of the (n+k) valence represented by L 4 , the linking group described in paragraphs 0071 to 0072 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-222950 and paragraph 0176 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-029760 can be cited. The described linker, etc. Examples of the substituent represented by P 4 include an acid group and a polymerizable group. As the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group (a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond), an epoxy group, an oxazoline, a methylol group, and the like can be mentioned. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned. The substituent represented by P 4 may be a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit. The monovalent polymer chain having repeating units is preferably a polymer chain having monovalent repeating units derived from a vinyl compound.

色素多聚體還能夠使用日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報、日本特開2015-028144號公報、日本特開2015-030742號公報、國際公開第2016/031442號等中所記載之化合物。The pigment polymer can also use Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-213925, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-041097, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-028144, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-030742, and International Publication No. 2016/031442. The compound described in etc.

著色劑的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中5~70質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為60質量%以下為較佳,55質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。The content of the coloring agent is preferably 5 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 55% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.

此外,在本發明的著色組成物中,紅色著色劑及綠色著色劑的含量分別在著色組成物的總固體成分中,能夠設為10質量%以上,更佳為能夠設為20質量%以上,進一步較佳為亦能夠設為30質量%以上。尤其,容易吸收紫外區域的光之藍色著色劑的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中,亦能夠設為3質量%以上,更佳為能夠設為5質量%以上,進一步較佳為亦能夠設為10質量%以上。若將著色劑的含量設為高濃度,則能夠減小濾色器的厚度。另一方面,如上所述,著色劑的含量成為高濃度時,曝光時的光難以到達膜的深層部,膜深層部的硬化可能會變得不充分。然而,在本發明中,由於確保了充分的曝光量以使充分的光到達膜深層部的程度,因此即使著色劑的含量成為高濃度之情況下,亦能夠進行比以往更充分的硬化。尤其,當將容易吸收紫外區域的光,並且光不容易到達膜深層部之藍色著色劑的含量設為高濃度時,本發明的用途大。In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the red colorant and the green colorant can be set to 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more in the total solid content of the coloring composition. More preferably, it can also be 30 mass% or more. In particular, the content of the blue colorant that easily absorbs light in the ultraviolet region can also be 3% by mass or more in the total solid content of the coloring composition, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably also It can be 10% by mass or more. If the content of the coloring agent is set to a high concentration, the thickness of the color filter can be reduced. On the other hand, as described above, when the content of the coloring agent becomes a high concentration, the light during exposure hardly reaches the deep layer part of the film, and hardening of the deep layer part of the film may become insufficient. However, in the present invention, since a sufficient amount of exposure is ensured so that sufficient light reaches the deep layer of the film, even when the content of the colorant becomes a high concentration, it is possible to perform more sufficient curing than before. In particular, when the content of the blue colorant that easily absorbs light in the ultraviolet region and does not easily reach the deep layer of the film is set to a high concentration, the present invention has great utility.

本發明的著色組成物作為著色劑尤其包含PR177、PG7、PG36、PY139、PY150及PY185中的至少1種為較佳,包含PR177、PG7及PY150中的至少1種為更佳。尤其,在紅色用著色組成物中,作為著色劑,至少包含PR177及PY139為較佳。又,在綠色用著色組成物中,作為著色劑,至少包含PG7、PG36及PY139的組合、PG7、PG36及PY150的組合或PG36、PY150及PY185的組合為較佳。As the coloring agent, the coloring composition of the present invention preferably includes at least one of PR177, PG7, PG36, PY139, PY150, and PY185, and more preferably includes at least one of PR177, PG7, and PY150. In particular, in the coloring composition for red, it is preferable to contain at least PR177 and PY139 as a colorant. Moreover, in the coloring composition for green, it is preferable to contain at least the combination of PG7, PG36, and PY139, the combination of PG7, PG36, and PY150, or the combination of PG36, PY150, and PY185 as a coloring agent.

在紅色系著色組成物中,PR177的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0~60質量%為較佳。該數值範圍的上限為55質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。該數值範圍的下限為10質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。在綠色系著色組成物中,PG7的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0~50質量%為較佳。該數值範圍的上限為40質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。該數值範圍的下限為5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。在綠色系著色組成物中,PY150的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0~30質量%為較佳。該數值範圍的上限為25質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。該數值範圍的下限為5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。In the red color composition, the content of PR177 is preferably 0 to 60% by mass in the total solid content of the color composition. The upper limit of this numerical range is more preferably 55% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit of the numerical range is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. In the green coloring composition, the content of PG7 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0-50% by mass. The upper limit of the numerical range is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit of the numerical range is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. In the green coloring composition, the content of PY150 is preferably 0 to 30% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit of the numerical range is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit of the numerical range is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.

<<自由基聚合性單體>> 本發明的著色組成物含有作為能夠藉由自由基聚合之化合物之自由基聚合性單體。作為聚合性單體,可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物等。作為乙烯性不飽和基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。<<Free radical polymerizable monomer>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a radical polymerizable monomer as a compound capable of radical polymerization. As the polymerizable monomer, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and the like can be mentioned. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned.

聚合性單體的分子量係100~2000為較佳。上限小於2000,進而1500以下為較佳,1000以下為更佳,尤其小於1000為較佳。下限為150以上為更佳,250以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 2,000. The upper limit is less than 2000, more preferably 1500 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, especially less than 1000. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.

從組成物的經時穩定性的觀點考慮,聚合性單體的乙烯性不飽和基值(以下,稱為C=C值)係2~14mmol/g為較佳。下限係3mmol/g以上為較佳,4mmol/g以上為更佳,5mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係12mmol/g以下為較佳,10mmol/g以下為更佳,8mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。藉由將聚合性單體的1分子中所包含之乙烯性不飽和基的數除以聚合性單體的分子量來計算聚合性單體的C=C值。From the viewpoint of the stability of the composition over time, the ethylenically unsaturated group value (hereinafter referred to as C=C value) of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of the polymerizable monomer is calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable monomer by the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer.

聚合性單體包含3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物為較佳,包含4個以上的乙烯性不飽和基值化合物為更佳。藉由該態樣,基於曝光之著色組成物的硬化性良好。從組成物的經時穩定性的觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和基的數的上限係15個以下為較佳,10個以下為更佳,6個以下為進一步較佳。又,聚合性單體為3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳,3~10官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為特佳。It is preferable that the polymerizable monomer contains 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, and it is more preferable to contain 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups. With this aspect, the curing property of the colored composition based on exposure is good. From the viewpoint of the stability of the composition over time, the upper limit of the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. In addition, the polymerizable monomer is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound with three or more functions, more preferably a (meth)acrylate compound with 3 to 15 functions, and a (meth)acrylate compound with 3 to 10 functions. To be more preferred, 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate compounds are particularly preferred.

聚合性單體係包含乙烯性不飽和基及伸烷氧基之化合物亦為較佳。該種聚合性單體的柔軟性高,乙烯性不飽和基容易移動,因此在曝光時聚合性單體容易彼此反應,能夠形成與支撐體等的密接性優異的硬化膜。又,當使用羥基烷基苯酮化合物作為光聚合起始劑時,可推測聚合性單體與光聚合起始劑接近並在聚合性單體的附近處起始劑產生自由基而能夠使聚合性單體更有效地反應,並且容易形成具有更優異的密接性和耐溶劑性之硬化膜。A compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkoxyl group in a polymerizable single system is also preferable. Such polymerizable monomers have high flexibility and easily move ethylenically unsaturated groups. Therefore, the polymerizable monomers easily react with each other during exposure and can form a cured film with excellent adhesion to a support or the like. In addition, when a hydroxyalkylphenone compound is used as a photopolymerization initiator, it can be presumed that the polymerizable monomer is close to the photopolymerization initiator and the initiator generates radicals near the polymerizable monomer to allow polymerization The reactive monomer reacts more efficiently, and it is easy to form a cured film with better adhesion and solvent resistance.

聚合性單體的1分子中所包含之伸烷氧基的數係3個以上為較佳,4個以上為更佳。從組成物的經時穩定性的觀點考慮,上限係20個以下為較佳。The number of alkoxyl groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more. From the viewpoint of the stability of the composition over time, the upper limit is preferably 20 or less.

又,從與組成物中其他成分的相容性的觀點考慮,包含乙烯性不飽和基及伸烷氧基之化合物的SP值(Solubility Parameter,溶解度參數)係9.0~11.0為較佳。上限係10.75以下為較佳,10.5以下為更佳。下限係9.25以上為較佳,9.5以上為進一步較佳。另外,本說明書中,SP值使用了基於Fedors法之計算值。In addition, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other components in the composition, the SP value (Solubility Parameter) of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkoxyl group is preferably 9.0 to 11.0. The upper limit is preferably 10.75 or less, and more preferably 10.5 or less. The lower limit is preferably 9.25 or more, and more preferably 9.5 or more. In addition, in this specification, the SP value uses the calculated value based on the Fedors method.

作為具有乙烯性不飽和基及伸烷氧基之化合物,可列舉由下述式(M-1)表示之化合物。Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkoxy group include a compound represented by the following formula (M-1).

式(M-1) [化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
Formula (M-1) [Chemical Formula 7]
Figure 02_image013

式中A1 表示乙烯性不飽和基,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,R1 表示伸烷基,m表示1~30的整數,n表示3以上的整數,L2 表示n價的連接基。In the formula, A 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1-30, n represents an integer of 3 or more, and L 2 represents an n-valent的linker.

作為A1 所表示之乙烯性不飽和基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基,其中(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group represented by A 1 include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. Among them, a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred.

作為L1 所表示之2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及組合該等2種以上而成之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。伸芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。The divalent linking group represented by L 1 includes alkylene, arylene, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and combinations of two or more The group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-10.

R1 所表示之伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。R1 所表示之伸烷基係直鏈、支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。R1 所表示之伸烷基的具體例可列舉伸乙基、直鏈或支鏈的伸丙基等,其中伸乙基為較佳。The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, particularly preferably 2 or 3, and 2 is the most preferred. The alkylene represented by R 1 is preferably a straight chain or a branched chain, and more preferably a straight chain. Specific examples of the alkylene represented by R 1 include ethylene, linear or branched propylene, and the like, among which ethylene is preferred.

m表示1~30的整數,1~20的整數為較佳,1~10的整數為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。 n表示3以上的整數,4以上的整數為較佳。n的上限係15以下的整數為較佳,10以下的整數為更佳,6以下的整數為進一步較佳。m represents an integer of 1 to 30, and an integer of 1 to 20 is preferred, an integer of 1 to 10 is more preferred, and an integer of 1 to 5 is even more preferred. n represents an integer of 3 or more, and an integer of 4 or more is preferable. The upper limit of n is preferably an integer of 15 or less, more preferably an integer of 10 or less, and more preferably an integer of 6 or less.

作為L2 所表示之n價的連接基,可列舉脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環基及包括該等的組合之基團、以及將選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基及雜環基中的至少1種及選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-及-NH-中的至少1種組合而成之基團。脂肪族烴基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。脂肪族烴基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。芳香族烴基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。雜環基可以為非芳香族的雜環基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基。雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的種類可列舉氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。L2 所表示之n價的連接基係衍生自多官能醇之基團亦為較佳。Examples of the n-valent linking group represented by L 2 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, heterocyclic groups, and groups including combinations thereof, and groups selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclic groups A group consisting of a combination of at least one of and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO- and -NH-. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and even more preferably 1-15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-10. The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Examples of the types of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. It is also preferable that the n-valent linking group represented by L 2 is a group derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.

作為具有乙烯性不飽和基及伸烷氧基之化合物,由下述式(M-2)表示之化合物為更佳。As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkoxy group, a compound represented by the following formula (M-2) is more preferable.

式(M-2) [化學式8]

Figure 02_image015
Formula (M-2) [Chemical Formula 8]
Figure 02_image015

式中R2 表示氫原子或甲基,R1 表示伸烷基,m表示1~30的整數,n表示3以上的整數,L2 表示n價的連接基。式(M-2)的R1 、L2 、m、n與式(M-1)的R1 、L2 、m、n的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1 to 30, n represents an integer of 3 or more, and L 2 represents an n-valent linking group. R of formula (M-2) is 1, L 2, m, R n in the formula (M-1) is 1, L 2, m, n are the same, the preferred range is also the same.

作為具有乙烯性不飽和基及伸烷氧基之聚合性單體的市售品,可列舉KAYARAD T-1420(T)、RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。As a commercially available product of a polymerizable monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkoxy group, KAYARAD T-1420 (T), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like can be mentioned.

作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製造、NK酯A-DPH-12E;SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,Ltd.製)、及該等之(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇及/或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構的化合物(例如由SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。As polymerizable monomers, dineopentylene erythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), dineopentylene erythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product) can also be used The product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), Dineopentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., Ltd.), Compounds with a structure in which the (meth)acrylic groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer Company, Inc.) are preferred.

又,作為聚合性單體,使用ARONIX M-402(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物)亦為較佳。In addition, as the polymerizable monomer, it is also preferable to use ARONIX M-402 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., a mixture of dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dineopentaerythritol pentaacrylate).

又,作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷丙烯氧基改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷乙烯氧基改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸乙烯氧基改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦為較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可列舉ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、NK酯 A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。In addition, as polymerizable monomers, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy can be used to modify tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy Trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate, vinyl isocyanurate modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate are also preferred . Examples of commercially available products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, and M-306 , M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A- TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.

作為聚合性單體,使用具有酸基之聚合性單體亦為較佳。藉由使用具有酸基之聚合性單體,在顯影時容易去除未曝光部的著色組成物層,並能夠抑制顯影殘渣的產生。作為酸基,可列舉羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體,可列舉丁二酸改質二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的市售品,可列舉ARONIX M-510、M-520、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)等。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的較佳酸值,為0.1~40mgKOH/g,更佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若聚合性單體的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則對顯影液之溶解性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造或處理上有利。As the polymerizable monomer, it is also preferable to use a polymerizable monomer having an acid group. By using a polymerizable monomer having an acid group, the coloring composition layer in the unexposed part can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned, and a carboxyl group is preferable. As a polymerizable monomer having an acid group, succinic acid modified dineopentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate and the like can be mentioned. Examples of commercially available products of polymerizable monomers having acid groups include ARONIX M-510, M-520, ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and the like. The preferable acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymerizable monomer is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility to the developer is good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production or handling.

聚合性單體係具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳。具有己內酯結構之聚合性單體例如由NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而在市場上出售,可列舉DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。A compound having a caprolactone structure in a polymerizable single system is also preferable. Polymerizable monomers having a caprolactone structure are marketed, for example, as KAYARAD DPCA series by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd., and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, and the like.

聚合性單體使用日本特開2017-048367號公報、日本專利第6057891號公報、日本專利第6031807號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-194662號公報中所記載之化合物、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上,Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、Light-Acrylate POB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製)等亦為較佳。As the polymerizable monomer, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent No. 6031807, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-194662, 8UH-1006 , 8UH-1012 (above, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light-Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), etc. are also preferred.

聚合性單體的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為5.0~35質量%為較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,25質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限為7.5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。聚合性單體可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 5.0 to 35% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. A polymerizable monomer may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<光自由基聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑化合物、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、苯甲醯甲酸酯化合物等。作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0265~0268段、日本專利第6301489號公報的記載,該等內容被併入本說明書中。<<Light radical polymerization initiator>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), phosphine compounds such as phosphine oxides, and hexaarylbisimidazole compounds , Oxime derivatives and other oxime compounds, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ether compounds, amino alkyl phenone compounds, hydroxy alkyl phenone compounds, benzoic acid esters Compound etc. As specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP 2013-029760 A, and the descriptions of Japanese Patent No. 6301489 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為苯甲醯甲酸酯化合物,可列舉苯甲醯甲酸甲酯等。作為市售品,可列舉DAROCUR-MBF(BASF公司製)等。As the benzoate compound, methyl benzoate and the like can be mentioned. As a commercial item, DAROCUR-MBF (made by BASF Corporation) etc. are mentioned.

作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物,例如可列舉日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基烷基苯酮化合物。又,作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物,亦能夠使用IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379(均為BASF公司製)。As an amino alkyl phenone compound, the amino alkyl phenone compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 10-291969 can be mentioned, for example. In addition, as the amino alkyl phenone compound, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (all manufactured by BASF) can also be used.

作為醯基膦化合物,可列舉日本專利第4225898號公報中所記載的醯基膦化合物。作為具體例,可列舉雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦等。作為醯基膦化合物,亦能夠使用IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(均為BASF公司製)。As an acylphosphine compound, the acylphosphine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be mentioned. As a specific example, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide etc. are mentioned. As the phosphine compound, IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (both manufactured by BASF) can also be used.

作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,可列舉由下述式(V)所表示之化合物。Examples of the hydroxyalkylphenone compound include compounds represented by the following formula (V).

式(V) [化學式9]

Figure 02_image017
Formula (V) [Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image017

式中Rv1 表示取代基,Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv2 與Rv3 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環,m表示0~5的整數。In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer of 0-5.

作為Rv1 所表示之取代基,可列舉烷基(碳數1~10的烷基為較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳)。烷基及烷氧基為直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv1 所表示之烷基及烷氧基可以為未取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉羥基和具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團等。作為具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團,可列舉式(V)中的Rv1 所鍵結之苯環或從Rv1 去除1個氫原子之結構的基團。Examples of the substituent represented by Rv 1 include an alkyl group (an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable) and an alkoxy group (an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable). The alkyl group and the alkoxy group are preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure. Examples of the group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure include a benzene ring to which Rv 1 in formula (V) is bonded or a group having a structure in which one hydrogen atom is removed from Rv 1 .

Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,烷基(碳數1~10的烷基為較佳)為較佳。又,Rv2 與Rv3 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環(碳數4~8的環為較佳,碳數4~8的脂肪族環為更佳)。烷基為直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent, an alkyl group (an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons is preferred) is preferred. In addition, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred). The alkyl group is preferably straight or branched, and more preferably straight chain.

作為由式(V)所表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉下述化合物。 [化學式10]

Figure 02_image019
As specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V), the following compounds can be cited. [Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image019

作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,亦能夠使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(產品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the hydroxyalkylphenone compound, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (product names: all manufactured by BASF) can also be used.

作為肟化合物,可列舉日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,pp.1653-1660)中所記載的化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,pp.156-162)中所記載的化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年,pp.202-232)中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載的化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載之化合物等。作為肟化合物的具體例,可列舉3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。作為市售品,可列舉IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上,BASF公司製)、TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載的光聚合起始劑2)。Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP 2006-342166, and JCS Perkin The compound described in II (1979, pp.1653-1660), the compound described in JCS Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202- 232) The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, the compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6065596, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153 The compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP 2017-198865 A, the compound described in Paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, etc. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-propionyloxyimine. Butan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyloxy Imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropan-1-one, etc. Commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A).

又,作為肟化合物,亦可使用肟連接於咔唑環的N位之日本特表2009-519904號公報中所記載之化合物、雜取代基被導入到二苯基酮部位之美國專利第7626957號說明書中所記載之化合物、硝基被導入到色素部位之日本特開2010-015025號公報及美國專利申請公開第2009/0292039號說明書中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2009/131189號中所記載之酮肟化合物、在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架和肟骨架之美國專利第7556910號說明書中所記載之化合物、在405nm處具有最大吸收,並對g射線光源具有良好的靈敏度之日本特開2009-221114號公報中所記載之化合物等。較佳為,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0274~0306段,該等內容被併入本說明書中。In addition, as the oxime compound, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-519904 in which the oxime is attached to the N position of the carbazole ring, and US Patent No. 7626957 in which heterosubstituents are introduced into the diphenyl ketone site can also be used The compound described in the specification, the nitro group is introduced into the pigment site, and the compound described in the specification of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-015025 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0292039, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2009/131189 The ketoxime compound, the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7556910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption at 405 nm and has good sensitivity to g-ray light sources. Japanese Patent Publication 2009 -The compounds described in Bulletin No. 221114, etc. Preferably, for example, paragraphs 0274 to 0306 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

從有效地產生自由基活性種的觀點考慮,肟化合物為包含氟原子之肟化合物為較佳。包含氟原子之肟化合物具有包含氟原子之基團為較佳。包含氟原子之基團係具有氟原子之烷基(以下,亦稱為含氟烷基)及包含具有氟原子之烷基之基團(以下,亦稱為含氟基團)為較佳。作為含氟基團,選自-ORF1 、-SRF1 、-CORF1 、-COORF1 、-OCORF1 、-NRF1 RF2 、-NHCORF1 、-CONRF1 RF2 、-NHCONRF1 RF2 、-NHCOORF1 、-SO2 RF1 、-SO2 ORF1 及-NHSO2 RF1 中的至少1種為較佳。RF1 表示含氟烷基,RF2 表示氫原子、烷基、含氟烷基、芳基或雜環基。含氟基團為-ORF1 為較佳。From the viewpoint of efficiently generating free radical active species, the oxime compound is preferably an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom. The oxime compound containing a fluorine atom preferably has a group containing a fluorine atom. The group containing a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a fluorine-containing alkyl group) and a group containing an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a fluorine-containing group). As the fluorine-containing group, selected from -OR F1 , -SR F1 , -COR F1 , -COOR F1 , -OCOR F1 , -NR F1 R F2 , -NHCOR F1 , -CONR F1 R F2 , -NHCONR F1 R F2 , At least one of -NHCOOR F1 , -SO 2 R F1 , -SO 2 OR F1 and -NHSO 2 R F1 is preferred. R F1 represents a fluorine-containing alkyl group, and R F2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. The fluorine-containing group is preferably -OR F1 .

烷基及含氟烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~4為特佳。烷基及含氟烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。含氟烷基中,氟原子的取代率係40~100%為較佳,50~100%為更佳,60~100%為進一步較佳。另外,氟原子的取代率係指被氟原子取代之數與烷基所具有之所有氫原子的數的比率(%)。The carbon number of the alkyl group and the fluoroalkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 10, and particularly preferably from 1 to 4. The alkyl group and the fluorine-containing alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. In the fluorine-containing alkyl group, the substitution rate of fluorine atoms is preferably from 40 to 100%, more preferably from 50 to 100%, and even more preferably from 60 to 100%. In addition, the substitution rate of fluorine atoms means the ratio (%) of the number of substitutions by fluorine atoms to the number of all hydrogen atoms possessed by the alkyl group.

芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10.

雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。縮合數係2~8為較佳,2~6為更佳,3~5為進一步較佳,3~4為特佳。構成雜環基之碳原子的數係3~40為較佳,3~30為更佳,3~20為更佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳,氮原子為更佳。The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The condensation number is preferably 2-8, more preferably 2-6, more preferably 3-5, and particularly preferably 3-4. The number system of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-40, more preferably 3-30, and more preferably 3-20. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom is more preferred.

包含氟原子之基團具有由式(1)或(2)表示之末端結構為較佳。式中的*表示連接鍵。 *-CHF2 (1) *-CF3 (2) 包含氟原子之肟化合物中的所有氟原子數係3以上為較佳,4~10為更佳。The group containing a fluorine atom preferably has a terminal structure represented by formula (1) or (2). The * in the formula represents the connection key. *-CHF 2 (1) *-CF 3 (2) The number of all fluorine atoms in the oxime compound containing fluorine atoms is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4-10.

包含氟原子之肟化合物係由式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。 (OX-1) [化學式11]

Figure 02_image021
The oxime compound containing a fluorine atom is preferably a compound represented by formula (OX-1). (OX-1) [Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image021

式(OX-1)中,Ar1 及Ar2 分別獨立地表示可以具有取代基之芳香族烴環,R1 表示具有包含氟原子之基團之芳基,R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。In formula (OX-1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring that may have a substituent, R 1 represents an aryl group having a group containing a fluorine atom, and R 2 and R 3 each independently represent Alkyl or aryl.

Ar1 及Ar2 分別獨立地表示可以具有取代基之芳香族烴環。芳香族烴環可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。構成芳香族烴環的環之碳原子數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為特佳。芳香族烴環係苯環及萘環為較佳。其中,Ar1 及Ar2 中的至少一個係苯環為較佳,Ar1 係苯環為更佳。Ar2 係苯環或萘環為較佳,萘環為更佳。Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring. The number of carbon atoms of the ring constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and particularly preferably 6-10. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring system is preferably a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. Among them, at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is preferably a benzene ring, and Ar 1 is a benzene ring. Ar 2 is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a naphthalene ring.

作為Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基,可列舉烷基、芳基、雜環基、硝基、氰基、鹵素原子、-ORX1 、-SRX1 、-CORX1 、-COORX1 、-OCORX1 、-NRX1 RX2 、-NHCORX1 、-CONRX1 RX2 、-NHCONRX1 RX2 、-NHCOORX1 、-SO2 RX1 、-SO2 ORX1 、-NHSO2 RX1 等。RX1 及RX2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。Examples of substituents that Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have include alkyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, -OR X1 , -SR X1 , -COR X1 , -COOR X1 ,- OCOR X1 , -NR X1 R X2 , -NHCOR X1 , -CONR X1 R X2 , -NHCONR X1 R X2 , -NHCOOR X1 , -SO 2 R X1 , -SO 2 OR X1 , -NHSO 2 R X1 and so on. R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

鹵素原子可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。作為取代基的烷基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。烷基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以由鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)所取代。又,烷基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以由上述取代基所取代。作為取代基的芳基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。芳基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。又,芳基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以由上述取代基所取代。作為取代基的雜環基以及RX1 及RX2 所表示之雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。構成雜環基之碳原子的數係3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。又,雜環基中,氫原子的一部分或全部可以由上述取代基所取代。Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferred. The alkyl group as a substituent and the alkyl group represented by R X1 and R X2 preferably have 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. In the alkyl group, part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted by halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms). In addition, in the alkyl group, part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents. The aryl group as the substituent and the aryl group represented by R X1 and R X2 preferably have a carbon number of 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. The aryl group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. In addition, in the aryl group, part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents. The heterocyclic group as a substituent and the heterocyclic group represented by R X1 and R X2 are preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The number system of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and more preferably 3-12. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. In addition, in the heterocyclic group, part or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituents.

Ar1 所表示之芳香族烴環係未經取代為較佳。Ar2 所表示之芳香族烴環可以為未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。具有取代基為較佳。作為取代基,-CORX1 為較佳。RX1 係烷基、芳基或雜環基為較佳,芳基為更佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉碳數1~10的烷基等。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring system represented by Ar 1 is preferably unsubstituted. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Ar 2 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. It is preferable to have a substituent. As the substituent, -COR X1 is preferred. R X1 is preferably an alkyl, aryl or heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aryl group. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a C1-C10 alkyl group etc. are mentioned.

R1 表示具有包含氟原子之基團之芳基。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。包含氟原子之基團係包含具有氟原子之烷基(含氟烷基)及具有氟原子之烷基之基團(含氟基團)為較佳。關於包含氟原子之基團,與上述範圍含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。R 1 represents an aryl group having a group containing a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. The group containing a fluorine atom is preferably a group containing an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (fluorine-containing alkyl group) and a group having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom (fluorine-containing group). Regarding the group containing a fluorine atom, it has the same meaning as the above range, and the preferred range is also the same.

R2 表示烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基及芳基可以為未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉以上述Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基進行說明之取代基。烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳,1~4為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。R 2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferred. The alkyl group and the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated by the above-mentioned Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have a substituent. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 10, and particularly preferably from 1 to 4. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10.

R3 表示烷基或芳基,烷基為較佳。烷基及芳基可以為未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉以上述Ar1 及Ar2 可以具有之取代基進行說明之取代基。R3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。R3 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferred. The alkyl group and the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated by the above-mentioned Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R 3 is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10.

作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中所記載的化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中所記載的化合物(C-3)等。Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A, and JP 2013 The compound (C-3) described in 164471 bulletin, etc.

又,作為肟化合物,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載的化合物。該內容被併入本說明書中。In addition, as the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a stilbene ring can also be used. As specific examples of the oxime compound having a sulphur ring, the compounds described in JP 2014-137466 A can be cited. This content is incorporated into this manual.

又,肟化合物還能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可列舉國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載的化合物OE-01~OE-75。In addition, as the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. As a specific example, the compounds OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910 can be cited.

又,肟化合物還能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可列舉國際公開第2013/083505號之化合物。In addition, as the oxime compound, at least one benzene ring having a carbazole ring can also be used as a naphthalene ring skeleton. As a specific example of such an oxime compound, the compound of International Publication No. 2013/083505 can be cited.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有羥基之取代基鍵結於咔唑骨架而得之肟化合物。作為該種光聚合起始劑,可列舉國際公開第2019/088055號中所記載之化合物等。Furthermore, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound obtained by bonding a substituent having a hydroxyl group to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. As such a photopolymerization initiator, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055 and the like can be cited.

又,肟化合物能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物為二聚體亦為較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012段、0070~0079段中所記載之化合物、日本專利第4223071號公報的0007~0025段中所記載之化合物等。In addition, as the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and paragraphs 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466. , Japanese Patent No. 4223071, the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025, etc.

將肟化合物的具體例示於以下,但是本發明不限定於此。Specific examples of the oxime compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image023

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image025
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image025

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,併用甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A1、及甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下,且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A2為較佳。依據該態樣,藉由曝光容易使組成物充分硬化,在低溫製程(例如在整個製程中為150℃以下、較佳為120℃以下的溫度下)中,能夠形成密接性優異,進而耐溶劑性、平坦性及圖案的矩形性亦優異的硬化膜。作為光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2,從上述之化合物中選擇使用具有上述吸光係數之化合物為較佳。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator A1 having an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol and an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 The photopolymerization initiator A2 having a wavelength of 10 2 mL/gcm or less and an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more at a wavelength of 254 nm is preferable. According to this aspect, it is easy to fully harden the composition by exposure, and in a low-temperature process (for example, at a temperature of 150°C or less, preferably 120°C or less in the entire process), excellent adhesion and solvent resistance can be formed A cured film with excellent properties, flatness, and pattern rectangularity. As the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, a compound having the above-mentioned light absorption coefficient is preferably selected from the above-mentioned compounds.

另外,本發明中,光聚合起始劑的上述波長下的吸光係數為如以下進行測量之值。亦即,藉由使光聚合起始劑溶解於甲醇中來製備測量溶液,並測量前述測量溶液的吸光度而算出。具體而言,將前述測量溶液加入到寬度1cm的玻璃皿,使用Agilent Technologies公司製UV-Vis-NIR光譜儀(Cary5000)來測量吸光度,代入到下述式,算出波長365nm及波長254nm下的吸光係數(mL/gcm)。In addition, in the present invention, the absorbance coefficient at the aforementioned wavelength of the photopolymerization initiator is a value measured as follows. That is, it is calculated by dissolving the photopolymerization initiator in methanol to prepare a measuring solution, and measuring the absorbance of the aforementioned measuring solution. Specifically, the aforementioned measurement solution was added to a glass dish with a width of 1 cm, and the absorbance was measured using a UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer (Cary5000) manufactured by Agilent Technologies, and substituted into the following formula to calculate the absorbance coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm and a wavelength of 254 nm (ML/gcm).

[數式1]

Figure 02_image027
[Numerical formula 1]
Figure 02_image027

上述式中,ε表示吸光係數(mL/gcm),A表示吸光度,c表示光聚合起始劑的濃度(g/mL),l表示光路長(cm)。In the above formula, ε represents the absorption coefficient (mL/gcm), A represents the absorbance, c represents the concentration of the photopolymerization initiator (g/mL), and l represents the optical path length (cm).

光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上,1.0×104 mL/gcm以上為較佳,1.1×104 mL/gcm以上為更佳,1.2×104 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為進一步較佳,1.3×104 ~5.0×104 mL/gcm為更進一步較佳,1.5×104 ~3.0×104 mL/gcm為特佳。The absorbance coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more, preferably 1.0×10 4 mL/gcm or more, and more preferably 1.1×10 4 mL/gcm or more, 1.2×10 4 ~1.0×10 5 mL/gcm is more preferable, 1.3×10 4 ~5.0×10 4 mL/gcm is still more preferable, 1.5×10 4 ~3.0×10 4 mL/gcm is particularly preferable .

又,光聚合起始劑A1的甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×104 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為較佳,1.5×104 ~9.5×104 mL/gcm為更佳,3.0×104 ~8.0×104 mL/gcm為進一步較佳。In addition, the absorbance coefficient of light at a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably 1.0×10 4 to 1.0×10 5 mL/gcm, and more preferably 1.5×10 4 to 9.5×10 4 mL/gcm Preferably, 3.0×10 4 to 8.0×10 4 mL/gcm is more preferable.

作為光聚合起始劑A1,肟化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物為較佳,肟化合物及醯基膦化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳,從與組成物中所含有之其他成分的相容性的觀點考慮,包含氟原子之肟化合物為特佳。作為包含氟原子之肟化合物,由上述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑A1的具體例,可列舉1,2-辛烷二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯肟)](作為市售品,例如IRGACURE-OXE01、BASF公司製)、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟)(作為市售品,例如IRGACURE-OXE02、BASF公司製)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦(作為市售品,例如IRGACURE-819、BASF公司製)、上述肟化合物的具體例所示之(C-13)、(C-14)等。As the photopolymerization initiator A1, oxime compounds, amino alkyl phenone compounds, and acyl phosphine compounds are preferred, oxime compounds and acyl phosphine compounds are more preferred, and oxime compounds are further preferred. From the viewpoint of compatibility of other components contained, an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom is particularly preferred. As the oxime compound containing a fluorine atom, the compound represented by the above formula (OX-1) is preferred. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(O-benzyl oxime)] (as a commercial product , For example, IRGACURE-OXE01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O -Acetoxime) (as a commercial product, for example, IRGACURE-OXE02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide (as a commercial product, for example, IRGACURE -819, manufactured by BASF Corporation), (C-13), (C-14), etc. shown in the specific examples of the above-mentioned oxime compound.

光聚合起始劑A2的甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下,10~1.0×102 mL/gcm為較佳,20~1.0×102 mL/gcm為更佳。又,光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數與光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數之差為9.0×102 mL/gcm以上,1.0×103 mL/gcm以上為較佳,5.0×103 ~3.0×104 mL/gcm為更佳,1.0×104 ~2.0×104 mL/gcm為進一步較佳。又,光聚合起始劑A2的甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數係1.0×103 mL/gcm以上,1.0×103 ~1.0×106 mL/gcm為較佳,5.0×103 ~1.0×105 mL/gcm為更佳。The absorbance coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm or less, preferably 10 to 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm, and 20 to 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm is Better. In addition, the difference between the absorbance coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm and the absorbance coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is 9.0×10 2 mL/gcm or more, 1.0 ×10 3 mL/gcm or more is preferable, 5.0×10 3 to 3.0×10 4 mL/gcm is more preferable, and 1.0×10 4 to 2.0×10 4 mL/gcm is still more preferable. In addition, the light absorption coefficient of light at a wavelength of 254 nm in methanol of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more, preferably 1.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 6 mL/gcm, and 5.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 5 mL/gcm is more preferable.

作為光聚合起始劑A2,羥基烷基苯酮化合物、苯甲醯甲酸酯化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物為較佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物及苯甲醯甲酸酯化合物為更佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,由上述式(V)所表示之化合物為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑A2的具體例,可列舉1-羥基-環己基-苯基-酮(作為市售品,例如IRGACURE-184,BASF公司製)、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙-1-酮(作為市售品,例如IRGACURE-2959,BASF公司製)等。As the photopolymerization initiator A2, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, benzoic acid ester compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, and phosphine compounds are preferred, and hydroxyalkylphenone compounds and benzophenone compounds are preferred. The acid ester compound is more preferable, and the hydroxyalkylphenone compound is still more preferable. Furthermore, as the hydroxyalkylphenone compound, a compound represented by the above formula (V) is preferred. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A2 include 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (as a commercially available product, for example, IRGACURE-184, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl) (Oxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (as a commercially available product, for example, IRGACURE-2959, manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的組合,光聚合起始劑A1為肟化合物且光聚合起始劑A2為羥基烷基苯酮化合物之組合為較佳,光聚合起始劑A1為肟化合物且光聚合起始劑A2為由上述式(V)表示之化合物之組合為更佳,光聚合起始劑A1為包含氟原子之肟化合物,光聚合起始劑A2為由上述式(V)表示之化合物之組合為特佳。As the combination of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, the photopolymerization initiator A1 is preferably an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. It is more preferable that the agent A1 is an oxime compound and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is a combination of compounds represented by the above formula (V), the photopolymerization initiator A1 is an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom, and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is The combination of the compounds represented by the above formula (V) is particularly preferred.

光聚合起始劑的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為3~25質量%為較佳。此外,下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7.5質量%以上為更佳,8質量%以上為進一步較佳,9質量%以上為進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。此外,上限為20質量%以下為較佳,17.5質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 8% by mass or more, more preferably 9% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 17.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

又,在本發明的著色組成物中,以質量%顯示,總固體成分中的聚合性單體的含量M與總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑的含量I之比M/I為20以下為較佳。此外,上限為10以下為較佳,5以下為更佳,3以下為進一步較佳,2以下為特佳。此外,下限為0.1以上為較佳,0.5以上為更佳。藉由該態樣,分光特性的穩定性得到提高。當分別併用2種以上的聚合性單體及光聚合起始劑時,各自的合計量滿足上述要件為較佳。In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, expressed in mass %, the ratio M/I of the content M of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content to the content I of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content is 20 or less For better. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and particularly preferably 2 or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more. With this aspect, the stability of the spectral characteristics is improved. When two or more types of polymerizable monomers and photopolymerization initiators are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of each satisfies the above requirements.

在本發明的著色組成物中,使用上述肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑時,肟化合物的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為3~25質量%為較佳。此外,下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7.5質量%以上為更佳,8質量%以上為進一步較佳,9質量%以上為進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。此外,上限為20質量%以下為較佳,17.5質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。由於肟化合物的含量在上述範圍內,因此顯影後的硬化膜與支撐體的密接性得到提高,並且圖案的微細化變得容易。肟化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned oxime compound is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the oxime compound is preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 8% by mass or more, more preferably 9% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 17.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. Since the content of the oxime compound is within the above range, the adhesion between the cured film after development and the support is improved, and the pattern can be made finer. The oxime compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

又,在本發明的著色組成物中,以質量%顯示,總固體成分中的聚合性單體的含量M與總固體成分中的肟化合物的含量IO 之比M/IO 為20以下為較佳。此外,上限為10以下為較佳,5以下為更佳,3以下為進一步較佳,2以下為特佳。此外,下限為0.1以上為較佳,0.5以上為更佳。藉由該態樣,分光特性的穩定性進一步得到提高。當分別併用2種以上的聚合性單體及肟化合物時,各自的合計量滿足上述要件為較佳。In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, expressed in mass %, the ratio M/I O of the content M of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content to the content I O of the oxime compound in the total solid content is 20 or less. Better. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and particularly preferably 2 or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more. With this aspect, the stability of the spectral characteristics is further improved. When two or more polymerizable monomers and oxime compounds are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of each satisfies the above requirements.

在本發明的著色組成物中,當使用上述光聚合起始劑A1作為光聚合起始劑時,光聚合起始劑A1的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為3~25質量%為較佳。此外,下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7.5質量%以上為更佳,8質量%以上為進一步較佳,9質量%以上為進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。此外,上限為20質量%以下為較佳,17.5質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。由於光聚合起始劑A1的含量在上述範圍內,因此顯影後的硬化膜與支撐體的密接性得到提高,並且圖案的微細化變得容易。光聚合起始劑A1可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 3-25% by mass. Better. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 8% by mass or more, more preferably 9% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 17.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. Since the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is within the above range, the adhesion between the cured film after development and the support is improved, and the pattern can be made finer. The photopolymerization initiator A1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

又,在本發明的著色組成物中,以質量%顯示,總固體成分中的聚合性單體的含量M與總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1的含量IA1 之比M/IA1 為20以下為較佳。此外,上限為10以下為較佳,5以下為更佳,3以下為進一步較佳,2以下為特佳。此外,下限為0.1以上為較佳,0.5以上為更佳。藉由該態樣,分光特性的穩定性進一步得到提高。當分別併用2種以上的聚合性單體及光聚合起始劑A1時,各自的合計量滿足上述要件為較佳。In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, the ratio of the content M of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content to the content I A1 of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content M/I A1 is shown in mass% It is preferably 20 or less. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and particularly preferably 2 or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more. With this aspect, the stability of the spectral characteristics is further improved. When two or more types of polymerizable monomers and photopolymerization initiator A1 are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of each satisfies the above requirements.

在本發明的著色組成物中,當使用上述光聚合起始劑A2作為光聚合起始劑時,光聚合起始劑A2的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~10.0質量%為較佳。此外,下限為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。此外,上限為9.0質量%以下為較佳,8.0質量%以下為更佳,7.0質量%以下為進一步較佳。由於光聚合起始劑A2的含量在上述範圍內,因此顯影後的硬化膜的耐溶劑型得到提高,並且圖案的微細化變得容易。光聚合起始劑A2可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the photopolymerization initiator A2 is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is 0.1 to 10.0% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. Better. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and more preferably 1.5% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 9.0% by mass or less, more preferably 8.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 7.0% by mass or less. Since the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 is within the above-mentioned range, the solvent resistance type of the cured film after development is improved, and the pattern refinement becomes easy. The photopolymerization initiator A2 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

在本發明的著色組成物中,當使用上述光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2作為光聚合起始劑時,本發明的著色組成物相對於光聚合起始劑A1的100質量份,含有50~200質量份的光聚合起始劑A2為較佳。此外,上限為175質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳。此外,下限為60質量份以上為較佳,70質量份以上為進一步較佳。藉由該態樣,在低溫製程(例如在整個製程中為150℃以下、較佳為120℃以下的溫度下的製程)中能夠形成耐溶劑性等特性優異的硬化膜。當分別併用2種以上的光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2時,各自的合計量滿足上述要件為較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as the photopolymerization initiator, the coloring composition of the present invention is relative to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A1 It is preferable to contain 50 to 200 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A2. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 70 parts by mass or more. With this aspect, a cured film having excellent solvent resistance and other characteristics can be formed in a low-temperature process (for example, a process at a temperature of 150° C. or lower, preferably 120° C. or lower in the entire process). When two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of each satisfies the above requirements.

在本發明的著色組成物中,當使用上述光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2作為光聚合起始劑時,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的合計的含量為3.1~25質量%為較佳。此外,下限為3.1質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為較佳,7.5質量%以上為更佳,8質量%以上為進一步較佳,9質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。此外,上限為20質量%以下為較佳,17.5質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。當分別併用2種以上的光聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑A2時,各自的合計量滿足上述要件為較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as the photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition The total content of the initiator A2 is preferably 3.1 to 25% by mass. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 3.1 mass% or more, preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 8 mass% or more, more preferably 9 mass% or more, and 10 mass% The above is particularly good. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 17.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. When two or more types of photopolymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of each meets the above requirements.

本發明的著色組成物亦能夠含有除光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2以外的光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為其他光聚合起始劑)作為光聚合起始劑,但實際上不含有其他光聚合起始劑為較佳。實質上不含有其他光聚合起始劑之情況係指相對於光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的合計100質量份,其他光聚合起始劑的含量為1質量份以下,0.5質量份以下為更佳,0.1質量份以下為進一步較佳,不含有其他光聚合起始劑為更進一步較佳。The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain photopolymerization initiators (hereinafter, also referred to as other photopolymerization initiators) other than the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 as the photopolymerization initiator, However, it is preferable not to contain other photopolymerization initiators in practice. The fact that other photopolymerization initiators are not substantially contained means that the content of other photopolymerization initiators is 1 part by mass or less, 0.5 parts by mass relative to the total of 100 parts by mass of photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2. Part by mass or less is more preferable, 0.1 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and it is still more preferable not to contain other photopolymerization initiators.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物包含樹脂為較佳。樹脂例如以將顏料等粒子分散於組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途來進行摻和。另外,亦將主要用於使粒子等在組成物中分散之樹脂稱為分散劑。但是,樹脂的該等用途為一例,亦能夠以除了該等用途以外的目的而使用樹脂。<<Resin>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin. The resin is blended for, for example, the use of dispersing particles such as pigments in the composition and the use of a binder. In addition, the resin mainly used to disperse particles and the like in the composition is also called a dispersant. However, these uses of resin are an example, and resin can also be used for purposes other than these uses.

樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~2000000為較佳。上限為1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。下限為3000以上為較佳,4000以上為更佳,5000以上為進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000-2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 4000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.

作為樹脂,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、烯硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚伸苯樹脂、聚亞芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、矽氧烷樹脂等。Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, epoxy resins, ene mercaptan resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polycarbonate resins, and polyether resins. Ether resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, silicon Oxyane resin etc.

本發明中所使用之樹脂可以具有酸基。作為酸基,例如可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺基、酚性羥基等。該等酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以併用2種以上。具有酸基之樹脂亦能夠用作鹼可溶性樹脂或分散劑。The resin used in the present invention may have an acid group. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. These acid groups may be only one type, or two or more types may be used in combination. Resins with acid groups can also be used as alkali-soluble resins or dispersants.

具有酸基之樹脂的酸值係30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為特佳,120mgKOH/g以下為最佳。The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

作為具有酸基之樹脂,在側鏈具有羧基之聚合物為較佳。例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、順丁烯二酸、2-羧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、偏酯化順丁烯二酸等具有來自於單體之重複單元之共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚醛樹脂、在側鏈具有羧基之酸性纖維素衍生物、具有羥基之聚合物與酸酐加成之聚合物。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸與能夠與其進行共聚合之其他單體的共聚物為較佳。作為能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合之其他單體,可列舉烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芳基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯化合物等。作為烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及芳基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯等。作為乙烯化合物,可列舉苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯甲苯、丙烯腈、乙烯乙酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚苯乙烯巨分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨分子單體等。能夠與該等(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合之其他單體可以僅為一種,亦可以為2種以上。As the resin having an acid group, a polymer having a carboxyl group in the side chain is preferred. For example, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, partially esterified maleic acid, etc. Copolymers of repeating monomers, alkali-soluble phenolic resins such as novolac resins, acidic cellulose derivatives with carboxyl groups in the side chains, polymers with hydroxyl groups and acid anhydride addition polymers. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers that can be copolymerized therewith are preferred. Examples of other monomers that can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid include alkyl (meth)acrylates, aryl (meth)acrylates, and vinyl compounds. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates and aryl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate Ester, toluene (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, etc. Examples of vinyl compounds include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, polystyrene macromonomers, and polymethylmethacrylate macromonomers. Molecular monomers, etc. The other monomers that can be copolymerized with these (meth)acrylic acids may be only one type or two or more types.

具有酸基之樹脂可具有來自於順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元。作為順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物,可列舉N-烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-芳基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。作為來自於順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元,可列舉由式(C-mi)所表示之重複單元。The resin having an acid group may have a repeating unit derived from a maleimide compound. Examples of the maleimide compound include N-alkyl maleimide, N-aryl maleimide, and the like. As the repeating unit derived from the maleimide compound, the repeating unit represented by the formula (C-mi) can be cited.

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image029

在式(C-mi)中,Rmi表示烷基或芳基。烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳。烷基可以係直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。Rmi係芳基為較佳。In the formula (C-mi), Rmi represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. Rmi is preferably an aryl group.

具有酸基之樹脂係包含來自於由下述式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物亦稱為“醚二聚物”。)之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。The resin system having an acid group includes a compound derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimers" .) The resin of the repeating unit is also preferred.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image031

式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image033
[Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image033

作為式(ED2)的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。As a specific example of the formula (ED2), refer to the description in JP 2010-168539 A.

關於醚二聚物的具體例,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0317段,該內容被併入本說明書中。For specific examples of ether dimers, for example, paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

作為包含來自於醚二聚物之重複單元之樹脂,例如可列舉下述結構的聚合物。以下結構式中Me表示甲基。Examples of resins containing repeating units derived from ether dimers include polymers having the following structures. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group.

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image035

本發明中所使用之樹脂可以具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基。作為具有聚合性基之樹脂的市售品,可列舉DIANAL NR系列(MITSUBISHI RAYON CO.,LTD.製)、Photomer 6173(含有羧基之聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯寡聚物,由Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST 106(均由OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如,ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均由Daicel Corporation製)、Ebecry l3800(DAICEL UCB CO.,LTD.製)、ACRYCURE RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製)、DP-1305(FUJIFILM Finechemicals Co.,Ltd.製)等。The resin used in the present invention may have a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, ethylenic unsaturated groups, such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group, are mentioned. Commercial products of resins having polymerizable groups include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by MITSUBISHI RAYON CO., LTD.), Photomer 6173 (carboxyl group-containing polyurethane acrylate oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co. ., Ltd.), VISCOAT R-264, KS RESIST 106 (all made by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (for example, ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all made by Daicel Corporation), Ebecry l3800 ( DAICEL UCB CO., LTD.), ACRYCURE RD-F8 (NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.), DP-1305 (FUJIFILM Finechemicals Co., Ltd.), etc.

本發明中所使用之樹脂含有包含來自於由式(I)表示之化合物之重複單元(以下,亦稱為重複單元b1-1)之樹脂b1為較佳。藉由使用具有重複單元b1-1之樹脂,低溫硬化性與透明性優異。又,樹脂含有樹脂b1,並且光聚合起始劑包含上述羥基烷基苯酮化合物及由式(OX-1)表示之肟化合物中的至少1種時,產生自由基之光聚合起始劑的分解物藉由芳香族環彼此的π-π相互作用容易聚集到樹脂b1的芳香族環的周圍。其結果,樹脂之間的間隙被其分解物填充,硬化膜的膜質成為更緻密的狀態,並且分光特性的穩定性進一步得到提高。The resin used in the present invention preferably contains a resin b1 containing a repeating unit (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b1-1) derived from a compound represented by formula (I). By using the resin having the repeating unit b1-1, the low-temperature curability and transparency are excellent. In addition, when the resin contains resin b1 and the photopolymerization initiator contains at least one of the above-mentioned hydroxyalkylphenone compound and the oxime compound represented by formula (OX-1), the photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals The decomposed product easily aggregates around the aromatic ring of the resin b1 due to the π-π interaction between the aromatic rings. As a result, the gaps between the resins are filled with their decomposition products, the film quality of the cured film becomes more dense, and the stability of the spectral characteristics is further improved.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image037
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image037

X1 表示O或NH,O為較佳。 R1 表示氫原子或甲基。 L1 表示2價的連接基。作為2價的連接基,可列舉烴基、雜環基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合該等2種以上而成之基團。作為烴基,可列舉、烷基、芳基等。雜環基可以為非芳香族的雜環基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基。雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的種類可列舉氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。烴基及雜環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉烷基、芳基、羥基、鹵素原子等。 R10 表示取代基。作為R10 所表示之取代基,可列舉以下所示之取代基T,烴基為較佳,可以具有芳基作為取代基之烷基為更佳。 m表示0~2的整數,0或1為較佳,0為更佳。 p表示0以上的整數,0~4為較佳,0~3為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0或1為更進一步較佳,1為特佳。X 1 represents O or NH, O is preferred. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 1 represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the bivalent linking group include hydrocarbon groups, heterocyclic groups, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S- and combinations thereof A group composed of two or more kinds. As a hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, etc. are mentioned. The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Examples of the types of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent. As a substituent, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned. R 10 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 10 include the substituent T shown below. A hydrocarbon group is preferred, and an alkyl group that may have an aryl group as a substituent is more preferred. m represents an integer of 0-2, 0 or 1 is preferable, and 0 is more preferable. p represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, 0-4 is preferable, 0-3 is more preferable, 0-2 is more preferable, 0 or 1 is still more preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable.

(取代基T) 作為取代基T,可列舉鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烴基、雜環基、-ORt1 、-CORt1 、-COORt1 、-OCORt1 、-NRt1 Rt2 、-NHCORt1 、-CONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCOORt1 、-SRt1 、-SO2 Rt1 、-SO2 ORt1 、-NHSO2 Rt1 或-SO2 NRt1 Rt2 。Rt1 及Rt2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烴基或雜環基。Rt1 與Rt2 可以鍵結而形成環。(Substituent T) Examples of the substituent T include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, hydrocarbon group, heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 ,- NHCORt 1 , -CONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 or -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 . Rt 1 and Rt 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic group. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be bonded to form a ring.

作為鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 作為烴基,可列舉烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基。烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,支鏈為更佳。 烯基的碳數係2~30為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~8為特佳。烯基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。 炔基的碳數係2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳。炔基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。 芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。雜環基係單環或縮合數為2~4的稠環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數係3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。 烴基及雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉上述取代基T中說明之取代基。Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and branched chain is more preferred. The carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-30, more preferably 2-12, particularly preferably 2-8. The alkenyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. The carbon number system of the alkynyl group is preferably 2-30, more preferably 2-25. The alkynyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 4. The number system of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and more preferably 3-12. The hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated in the above-mentioned substituent T is mentioned.

由式(I)表示之化合物係由下述式(I-1)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式19]

Figure 02_image039
The compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I-1). [Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image039

X1 表示O或NH,O為較佳。 R1 表示氫原子或甲基。 R2 、R3 及R11 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R2 及R3 所表示之烴基為伸烷基或伸芳基為較佳,伸烷基為更佳。伸烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳。R3 所表示之烴基為可以具有芳基作為取代基之烷基為較佳,具有芳基作為取代基之烷基為更佳。烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~10為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。另外,烷基具有芳基作為取代基時的烷基的碳數係指烷基部位的碳數。 R12 表示取代基。作為R12 所表示之取代基,可列舉上述取代基T。 n表示0~15的整數,0~5的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~3的整數為進一步較佳。 m表示0~2的整數,0或1為較佳,0為更佳。 p1表示0以上的整數,0~4為較佳,0~3為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0~1為更進一步較佳,0為特佳。 q1表示1以上的整數,1~4為較佳,1~3為更佳,1~2為進一步較佳,1為特佳。X 1 represents O or NH, O is preferred. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 , R 3 and R 11 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group represented by R 2 and R 3 is preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, and more preferably an alkylene group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. The hydrocarbon group represented by R 3 is preferably an alkyl group which may have an aryl group as a substituent, and an alkyl group which has an aryl group as a substituent is more preferable. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and still more preferably 1-5. In addition, when the alkyl group has an aryl group as a substituent, the carbon number of the alkyl group refers to the carbon number of the alkyl group. R 12 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 12 include the aforementioned substituent T. n represents an integer of 0-15, preferably an integer of 0-5, more preferably an integer of 0-4, and even more preferably an integer of 0-3. m represents an integer of 0-2, 0 or 1 is preferable, and 0 is more preferable. p1 represents an integer of 0 or more, 0-4 is preferable, 0-3 is more preferable, 0-2 is more preferable, 0-1 is still more preferable, and 0 is particularly preferable. q1 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.

由式(I)表示之化合物為由下述式(III)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式20]

Figure 02_image041
The compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (III). [Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image041

式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示伸烷基,n表示0~15的整數。R21 及R22 所表示之伸烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳。n表示0~15的整數,0~5的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~3的整數為進一步較佳。In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0-15. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0-15, preferably an integer of 0-5, more preferably an integer of 0-4, and even more preferably an integer of 0-3.

作為由式(I)表示之化合物,可列舉對枯基苯酚的環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為市售品,可列舉ARONIX M-110(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)等。As the compound represented by formula (I), ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of p-cumylphenol can be cited. As a commercially available product, ARONIX M-110 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and the like can be cited.

在樹脂b1中,所有重複單元中,來自於由式(I)(較佳為式(III))表示之化合物的重複單元的比例係1~99莫耳%為較佳。下限為3莫耳%以上為更佳,5莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限為95莫耳%以下為更佳,90莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。In the resin b1, among all the repeating units, the ratio of the repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (I) (preferably formula (III)) is preferably 1 to 99 mol%. The lower limit is more preferably 3 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95 mol% or less, and more preferably 90 mol% or less.

樹脂b1可以進一步包含來自於由式(I)表示之化合物的重複單元以外的重複單元。例如,樹脂b1能夠包含來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單元,並且包含來自於烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單元為較佳。烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯的烷基部位的碳數為3~10為較佳,3~8為更佳,3~6為進一步較佳。作為烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯的較佳的具體例,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯等。又,例如,樹脂b1包含具有酸基之重複單元亦為較佳。此外,例如,樹脂b1包含來自於具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單元亦為較佳。The resin b1 may further include repeating units other than repeating units derived from the compound represented by formula (I). For example, the resin b1 can contain a repeating unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and it is preferable to include a repeating unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate. The carbon number of the alkyl part of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, and still more preferably 3-6. As a preferable specific example of alkyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned. Also, for example, it is also preferable that the resin b1 includes a repeating unit having an acid group. In addition, for example, it is also preferable that the resin b1 contains a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate having an acid group.

本發明的著色組成物能夠含有作為分散劑的樹脂。作為分散劑,可列舉酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼性基的量之樹脂。作為酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包含酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基為羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值為10~105mgKOH/g為較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼性基的量多於酸基的量之樹脂。作為鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性基的量大於50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼性基為胺基為較佳。The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a resin as a dispersant. As the dispersant, an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (alkaline resin) can be mentioned. Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As an acidic dispersant (acidic resin), when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is set to 100 mol%, a resin with the amount of acid groups accounting for 70 mol% or more is preferable. A resin containing an acid group is more preferable. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) means a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As a basic dispersant (alkaline resin), when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, a resin having an amount of basic groups greater than 50 mol% is preferred. The basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.

作為分散劑,例如可列舉高分子分散劑〔例如,聚醯胺及其鹽、多羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物〕、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺等。高分子分散劑能夠從其結構進一步分類成直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。高分子分散劑吸附於顏料等粒子的表面而發揮防止再凝聚之作用。因此,能夠將在顏料等粒子表面具有固定部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子作為較佳的結構來列舉。又,亦較佳地使用日本特開2011-070156號公報的0028~0124段中所記載的分散劑和日本特開2007-277514號公報中所記載的分散劑。該等內容被併入本說明書中。As a dispersant, for example, a polymer dispersant [eg, polyamide and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly(methyl) ) Acrylic acid ester, (meth)acrylic acid copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkyl amine, alkanolamine, etc. Polymer dispersants can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers from their structure. The polymer dispersant adsorbs on the surface of particles such as pigments to prevent re-aggregation. Therefore, terminally modified polymers, graft-type polymers, and block-type polymers having fixed sites on the surface of particles such as pigments can be cited as preferable structures. In addition, the dispersant described in paragraphs 0028 to 0124 of JP 2011-070156 A and the dispersant described in JP 2007-277514 A are also preferably used. These contents are incorporated into this manual.

在本發明中,分散劑中亦能夠使用接枝共聚物。接枝共聚物的詳細內容能夠參閱日本特開2012-137564號公報的0131~0160段的記載,該內容被併入本說明書中。又,在本發明中,分散劑中亦能夠使用在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者中包含氮原子之寡聚亞胺系共聚物。關於寡聚亞胺系共聚物,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0102~0174段的記載,該內容被併入本說明書中。In the present invention, a graft copolymer can also be used in the dispersant. For the details of the graft copolymer, reference can be made to the description in paragraphs 0131 to 0160 of JP 2012-137564 A, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, in the present invention, an oligoimine-based copolymer containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can also be used in the dispersant. Regarding the oligoimine-based copolymer, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0174 of JP 2012-255128 A can be referred to, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

分散劑亦能夠作為市售品獲得,作為該種具體例,可列舉BYK Chemie公司製的Disperbyk系列(例如,Disperbyk-111、2001等)、Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製的SOLSPERSE系列(例如,SOLSPERSE20000、76500等)、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.製的AJISPER系列等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2012-137564號公報的0129段中所記載之製品、日本特開2017-194662號公報的0235段中所記載之產品作為分散劑。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercially available product. Specific examples of this include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, Disperbyk-111, 2001, etc.), and the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd. (for example, SOLSPERSE20000, 76500). Etc.), AJISPER series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc., etc. In addition, the product described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the product described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as a dispersant.

此外,亦能夠適當地使用日本特開2017-206689號公報的0041~0060段中所記載之樹脂。In addition, the resins described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689 A can also be used appropriately.

樹脂的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為5~50質量%為較佳。此外,上限為40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。此外,下限為7.5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。又,樹脂的含量相對於聚合性單體的100質量份為25~500質量份為較佳。此外,上限為250質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳。此外,下限為50質量份以上為較佳,75質量份以上為更佳。樹脂可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the resin is preferably 5 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. In addition, the content of the resin is preferably 25 to 500 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable monomer. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 75 parts by mass or more. The resin may be one type alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

本發明的著色組成物中所含有之樹脂的總量中的上述樹脂b1(包含來自於由式(III)表示之化合物的重複單元。)的含量為0.1~100質量%為較佳,5~100質量%為更佳。上限亦能夠設為90質量%以下,亦能夠設為80質量%以下,亦能夠設為70質量%以下。又,上述樹脂b1的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為5~50質量%為較佳。此外,上限為40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。此外,下限為10質量%以上為較佳,12.5質量%以上為更佳。樹脂b1可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the resin b1 (including the repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (III)) in the total amount of the resin contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1-100% by mass, 5- 100% by mass is better. The upper limit can also be 90% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the resin b1 is preferably 5 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 12.5% by mass or more. The resin b1 may be one type alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<含有呋喃基之化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有包含呋喃基之化合物(以下,亦稱為含有呋喃基之化合物)為較佳。藉由該態樣,上述呋喃基與上述聚合性單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基藉由Diels-Alder反應,在150℃以下的低溫下亦形成鍵,因此低溫硬化優異。又,著色組成物包含含有呋喃基之化合物,並且光聚合起始劑包含上述羥基烷基苯酮化合物及由式(OX-1)表示之肟化合物中的至少1種時,產生自由基之光聚合起始劑的分解物藉由芳香族環彼此的π-π相互作用容易聚集到含有呋喃基之化合物的芳香族環的周圍。其結果,樹脂之間的間隙被其分解物填充,硬化膜的膜質成為更緻密的狀態,並且分光特性的穩定性進一步得到提高。<<Furyl-containing compounds>> The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a furan group-containing compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a furan group-containing compound). With this aspect, the furan group and the ethylenically unsaturated group possessed by the polymerizable monomer can form a bond even at a low temperature of 150° C. or lower due to the Diels-Alder reaction, so that the low-temperature curing is excellent. In addition, when the coloring composition contains a furan group-containing compound, and the photopolymerization initiator contains at least one of the above-mentioned hydroxyalkylphenone compound and the oxime compound represented by formula (OX-1), free radical light is generated The decomposed product of the polymerization initiator easily aggregates around the aromatic ring of the furan group-containing compound by the π-π interaction between the aromatic rings. As a result, the gaps between the resins are filled with their decomposition products, the film quality of the cured film becomes more dense, and the stability of the spectral characteristics is further improved.

含有呋喃基之化合物只要包含呋喃基(從呋喃除去1個氫原子而得之基團),則並不特別限制其結構。針對含有呋喃基之化合物,能夠使用日本特開2017-194662號公報的0049~0089段中所記載之化合物。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2000-233581號公報、日本特開1994-271558號公報、日本特開1994-293830號公報、日本特開1996-239421號公報、日本特開1998-508655號公報、日本特開2000-001529號公報、日本特開2003-183348號公報、日本特開2006-193628號公報、日本特開2007-186684號公報、日本特開2010-265377號公報、日本特開2011-170069號公報等中所記載之化合物。As long as the furyl group-containing compound contains a furyl group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from furan), the structure is not particularly limited. For the furyl-containing compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0049 to 0089 of JP 2017-194662 A can be used. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-233581, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1994-271558, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1994-293830, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1996-239421, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1998-508655, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-001529, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-183348, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-193628, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-186684, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-265377, Japanese Patent Application Publication 2011- Compounds described in 170069 gazette and others.

含有呋喃基之化合物可以為單體,亦可以為寡聚物、聚合物。從容易提高所獲得之膜的耐久性之原因考慮,聚合物為較佳。為聚合物時,重量平均分子量為2000~70000為較佳。此外,上限為60000以下為較佳,50000以下為更佳。此外,下限為3000以上為較佳,4000以上為更佳,5000以上為進一步較佳。為單體時,重量平均分子量小於2000為較佳。此外,上限為1800以下為較佳,1500以下為更佳。此外,下限為100以上為較佳,150以上為更佳,175以上為進一步較佳。另外,聚合物類型的含有呋喃基之化合物係亦與本發明的著色組成物中的樹脂相對應之成分,自由基聚合性單體類型的含有呋喃基之化合物係亦與本發明的著色組成物中的聚合性單體相對應之成分。The furan group-containing compound may be a monomer, an oligomer, or a polymer. In view of the ease of improving the durability of the obtained film, a polymer is preferred. In the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 70,000. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 60,000 or less, and more preferably 50,000 or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 4000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more. When it is a monomer, the weight average molecular weight is preferably less than 2,000. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 1800 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 175 or more. In addition, the furan group-containing compound of the polymer type is also a component corresponding to the resin in the coloring composition of the present invention, and the furan group-containing compound of the radical polymerizable monomer type is also the same as the coloring composition of the present invention. The corresponding component of the polymerizable monomer in.

作為單體類型的含有呋喃基之化合物(以下,亦稱為含有呋喃基之單體),可列舉由下述式(fur-1)表示之化合物。該化合物為除了呋喃基以外還具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。As the furan group-containing compound of the monomer type (hereinafter, also referred to as a furan group-containing monomer), a compound represented by the following formula (fur-1) can be cited. This compound is a compound which has a radical polymerizable group in addition to a furyl group.

式(fur-1) [化學式21]

Figure 02_image043
Formula (fur-1) [Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image043

式中,Rf1 表示氫原子或甲基,Rf2 表示2價的連接基。In the formula, Rf 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Rf 2 represents a divalent linking group.

作為Rf2 所表示之2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及組合該等2種以上而成之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。伸芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉羥基等。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Rf 2 include alkylene, aryl, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and combinations thereof. A group made of more than species. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group etc. are mentioned.

含有呋喃基之單體係由下述式(fur-2)表示之化合物為較佳。The furan group-containing single system is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (fur-2).

式(fur-2) [化學式22]

Figure 02_image045
Formula (fur-2) [Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image045

式中,Rf1 表示氫原子或甲基,Rf11 表示-O-或-NH-,Rf12 表示單鍵或2價的連接基。作為Rf12 所表示之2價的連接基,可列舉伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及組合該等2種以上而成之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。伸芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉羥基等。In the formula, Rf 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Rf 11 represents -O- or -NH-, and Rf 12 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Rf 12 include alkylene, aryl, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and combinations thereof. A group made of more than species. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group etc. are mentioned.

作為含有呋喃基之單體的具體例,可列舉下述結構的化合物。以下結構式中,Rf1 表示氫原子或甲基。As a specific example of the monomer containing a furan group, the compound of the following structure can be mentioned. In the following structural formulae, Rf 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image047
[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image047

作為聚合物類型的含有呋喃基之化合物(以下,亦稱為含有呋喃基之聚合物),包含含有呋喃基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,包含來自於由上述式(fur-1)表示之化合物的重複單元之樹脂為更佳。在含有呋喃基之聚合物中,所有重複單元中,包含呋喃基之重複單元的比例為30~70質量%為較佳。下限為35質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為65質量%以下為更佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳。關於含有呋喃基之聚合物中的呋喃基的濃度,每1g的含有呋喃基之聚合物為0.5~6.0mmol為較佳,1.0~4.0mmol為進一步較佳。若呋喃基的濃度為0.5mmol以上、較佳為1.0mmol以上,則由於耐溶劑性等而容易形成更優異的像素。若呋喃基的濃度為6.0mmol以下、較佳為4.0mmol以下,則著色組成物的經時穩定性更良好。As a polymer type of a furan group-containing compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a furan group-containing polymer), a resin containing a furan group-containing repeating unit is preferable, and the resin is derived from the formula (fur-1) The resin of the repeating unit of the compound is more preferable. In the furan group-containing polymer, the ratio of the furan group-containing repeating unit among all the repeating units is preferably 30 to 70% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 35% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less. Regarding the furan group concentration in the furan group-containing polymer, 0.5 to 6.0 mmol per 1 g of the furan group-containing polymer is preferable, and 1.0 to 4.0 mmol is more preferable. If the furan group concentration is 0.5 mmol or more, preferably 1.0 mmol or more, it is easy to form a more excellent pixel due to solvent resistance and the like. When the furan group concentration is 6.0 mmol or less, preferably 4.0 mmol or less, the stability of the coloring composition over time is more favorable.

含有呋喃基之聚合物除了具有呋喃基之重複單元以外,還可以包含具有酸基之重複單元和/或具有聚合性基之重複單元。作為酸基,可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺基、酚性羥基等。作為聚合性基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基。當含有呋喃基之聚合物包含具有酸基之重複單元時,其酸值為10~200mgKOH/g為較佳,40~130mgKOH/g為更佳。在含有呋喃基之聚合物中,所有重複單元中,具有酸基之重複單元的比例為2~25質量%為較佳。下限為4質量莫耳%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為20質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,在含有呋喃基之聚合物中,所有重複單元中,具有聚合性基之重複單元的比例為20~60質量%為較佳。下限為25質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為55質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。含有呋喃基之聚合物包含具有聚合性基之重複單元時,容易形成耐溶劑性等更優異之硬化膜。The furan group-containing polymer may include a repeating unit having an acid group and/or a repeating unit having a polymerizable group in addition to a repeating unit having a furan group. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned. As a polymerizable group, ethylenic unsaturated groups, such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group, are mentioned. When the furan group-containing polymer contains repeating units with acid groups, the acid value is preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 40 to 130 mgKOH/g. In the furan group-containing polymer, the ratio of the acid group-containing repeating unit among all repeating units is preferably 2-25% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 4 mass mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. On the other hand, in the furan group-containing polymer, the ratio of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group in all repeating units is preferably 20-60% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 25% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 55% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less. When the furan group-containing polymer contains a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, it is easy to form a cured film with more excellent solvent resistance and the like.

含有呋喃基之聚合物能夠藉由日本特開2017-194662號公報的0052~0101段中所記載之方法來製造。The furan group-containing polymer can be produced by the method described in paragraphs 0052 to 0101 of JP 2017-194662 A.

含有呋喃基之化合物的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~70質量%為較佳。此外,下限為2.5質量%以上為較佳,5.0質量%以上為更佳,7.5質量%以上為進一步較佳。此外,上限為65質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。又,當使用含有呋喃基之聚合物作為含有呋喃基之化合物時,著色組成物中所含有之樹脂中的含有呋喃基之聚合物的含量為0.1~100質量%為較佳。此外,下限為10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳。此外,上限為90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳。The content of the furan group-containing compound is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 2.5% by mass or more, more preferably 5.0% by mass or more, and even more preferably 7.5% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less. Furthermore, when a furan group-containing polymer is used as the furan group-containing compound, the content of the furan group-containing polymer in the resin contained in the coloring composition is preferably 0.1-100% by mass. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.

又,當用於本發明的著色組成物之樹脂包含上述樹脂b1,並且使用含有呋喃基之聚合物作為含有呋喃基之化合物時,含有呋喃基之聚合物的含量相對於樹脂b1的100質量份為10~200質量份為較佳。此外,上限為175質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳。此外,下限為25質量份以上為較佳,150質量份以上為更佳。藉由併用樹脂b1和含有呋喃基之聚合物,能夠期待低溫硬化性和透明性優異的效果。此外,兩者的比例為上述範圍時,亦能夠期待進一步提高所獲得之膜的耐久性之效果。In addition, when the resin used in the coloring composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned resin b1, and a furan group-containing polymer is used as the furan group-containing compound, the content of the furan group-containing polymer is relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin b1 It is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 150 parts by mass or more. By using the resin b1 and the furan group-containing polymer together, the effect of excellent low-temperature curability and transparency can be expected. In addition, when the ratio of the two is in the above range, the effect of further improving the durability of the obtained film can be expected.

含有呋喃基之化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The furan group-containing compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<具有環狀醚基之化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有具有環狀醚基之化合物。作為環狀醚基,可列舉環氧基、氧雜環丁基等。具有環狀醚基之化合物係具有環氧基之化合物為較佳。<<Compounds with cyclic ether groups>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. As a cyclic ether group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, etc. are mentioned. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group.

作為具有環氧基之化合物,在1分子內具有兩個以上環氧基之化合物為較佳。在1分子內具有2~100個環氧基為較佳。上限例如亦能夠設為10個以下,亦能夠設為5個以下。具有環氧基之化合物的環氧基當量(=具有環氧基之化合物的分子量/環氧基的數)為500g/eq以下為較佳,100~400g/eq為更佳,100~300g/eq為進一步較佳。具有環氧基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如,分子量小於1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量1000以上的聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。具有環氧基之化合物的分子量(聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量)為200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。分子量(聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量)的上限為3000以下為較佳,2000以下為更佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。As the compound having an epoxy group, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferred. It is preferable to have 2-100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit can also be 10 or less, for example, and can also be 5 or less. The epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group (= the molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group/the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g/eq or less, more preferably 100 to 400 g/eq, and 100 to 300 g/ eq is further preferred. The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecule compound (for example, in the case of a polymer with a molecular weight of 1000 or more, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The molecular weight (in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight) of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the molecular weight (in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.

作為具有環氧基之化合物,例如亦能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的0034~0036段、日本特開2014-043556號公報的0147~0156段、日本特開2014-089408號公報的0085~0092段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-179172號公報中所記載之化合物。又,作為具有氧雜環丁基之化合物,例如能夠使用日本特開2019-133052號公報中所記載之化合物。該等內容被併入本說明書中。As a compound having an epoxy group, for example, paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556, and 0085 of JP 2014-089408 can also be used. The compound described in paragraph -0092, and the compound described in JP 2017-179172 A. In addition, as the compound having oxetanyl group, for example, the compound described in JP 2019-133052 A can be used. These contents are incorporated into this manual.

本發明的著色組成物含有具有環狀醚基之化合物時,具有環狀醚基之化合物的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。具有環狀醚基之化合物可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The compound having a cyclic ether group may be one type alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

本發明的著色組成物尤其在含有具有環氧基之化合物之情況下,具有環氧基之化合物的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中係0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為特佳。具有環氧基之化合物可以單獨為1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。Especially when the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound having an epoxy group, the content of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less. The compound having an epoxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑可列舉有機溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性和著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制。作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0223段,該內容被併入本說明書中。又,亦能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基所取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基所取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可列舉聚乙二醇單甲基醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙基、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙基、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁基、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙酸環己基、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺等。但是作為溶劑的芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯等),有時因環境方面等的理由降低為宜(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,能夠設為50質量ppm(百万分率,parts per million)以下,亦能夠設為10質量ppm以下、亦能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。<<Solvent>> The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the coloring composition. Examples of organic solvents include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, and the like. For the details, please refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, which is incorporated into this specification. In addition, ester solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, methylene chloride, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. , Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Ester, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3- Butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide etc. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as solvents may be reduced due to environmental reasons (for example, relative to the total amount of organic solvents, it can be set to 50 mass ppm ( Parts per million (parts per million) or less, can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, or can be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,從有效地發揮溶劑之觀點考慮,溶劑為沸點為160℃以下的有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑的沸點為140℃以下為更佳,130℃以下為進一步較佳。沸點的下限並無特別限制,例如實際上為100℃以上。作為該種有機溶劑,例如可列舉乙酸丁酯、PGME、PGMEA、環己酮、乳酸乙酯等,尤其,乙酸丁酯、PGME、PGMEA為較佳。In the present invention, from the viewpoint of effective use of the solvent, the solvent is preferably an organic solvent having a boiling point of 160°C or less. The boiling point of the organic solvent is more preferably 140°C or less, and more preferably 130°C or less. The lower limit of the boiling point is not particularly limited, and for example, it is actually 100°C or higher. As such an organic solvent, for example, butyl acetate, PGME, PGMEA, cyclohexanone, ethyl lactate, etc. can be cited, and in particular, butyl acetate, PGME, and PGMEA are preferred.

本發明中,使用金屬含量較少之溶劑為較佳,例如溶劑的金屬含量例如為10質量ppb(十億分率,parts per billion)以下為較佳。依需要,亦可以使用質量ppt(万億分之一,parts per trillion)級別的溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由TOYO Gosei Co.,Ltd.所提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is better to use a solvent with less metal content. For example, the metal content of the solvent is preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, you can also use quality ppt (parts per trillion) solvents, such high purity solvents are provided by TOYO Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015 ).

作為從溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如,能夠列舉使用蒸餾(分子蒸餾和薄膜蒸餾等)或過濾器之過濾。作為用於過濾之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或耐綸為較佳。As a method for removing impurities such as metals from the solvent, for example, filtration using distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) or filter can be cited. As the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration, 10 μm or less is preferable, 5 μm or less is more preferable, and 3 μm or less is more preferable. The filter material is preferably PTFE, polyethylene or nylon.

溶劑中可以含有異構物(原子數相同但結構不同之化合物)。又,異構物可以僅包含1種,亦可以包含複數種。The solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the isomer may include only one type or a plurality of types.

本發明中,有機溶劑中的過氧化物的含有率為0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含有過氧化物為更佳。In the present invention, the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferred that the peroxide content is not substantially contained.

著色組成物中的溶劑的含量為60~95質量%為較佳。此外,上限為90質量%以下為較佳,87.5質量%以下為更佳,85質量%以下為進一步較佳。此外,下限為65質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,75質量%以上為進一步較佳。溶劑可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 60 to 95% by mass. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 87.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 65% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 75% by mass or more. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

又,從環境法規的觀點考慮,本發明的著色組成物實質上不含有環境法規物質為較佳。另外,本發明中,實質上不含有環境法規物質係指著色組成物中之環境法規物質的含量為50質量ppm以下,30質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,1質量ppm以下為特佳。環境法規物質例如可列舉苯;甲苯、二甲苯等烷基苯類;氯苯等鹵化苯類等。該等在REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)法規、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)法規等下註冊為環境法規物質,使用量和處理方法受到嚴格管制。該等化合物有時在製造用於本發明的著色組成物之各成分等時用作溶劑,作為殘留溶劑混入著色組成物中。從對人的安全性、對環境的考慮的觀點考慮,盡可能地減少該等物質為較佳。作為減少環境法規物質之方法,可列舉將系統內部進行加熱和減壓而設為環境法規物質的沸點以上,並從系統中蒸餾去除環境法規物質並將其減少之方法。又,在蒸餾去除少量的環境法規物質之情況下,為了提高效率而與具有該溶劑相同的沸點之溶劑共沸亦是有用的。又,當含有具有自由基聚合性之化合物時,可以在添加聚合抑制劑之後減壓蒸餾去除,以便抑制在減壓蒸餾去除中自由基聚合反應的進行導致在分子間進行交聯。該等蒸餾去除方法能夠在原料階段、使原料反應之產物(例如聚合後的樹脂溶液和多官能單體溶液)的階段或藉由混合該等化合物而製作之著色組成物的階段中的任一階段中進行。In addition, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the colored composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmental regulations. In addition, in the present invention, the fact that the content of environmental regulatory substances is not substantially contained means that the content of environmental regulatory substances in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less, and 10 mass ppm or less is more preferably, 1 mass ppm Below ppm is particularly good. Examples of environmental regulatory substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are registered as environmental regulatory substances under REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) regulations, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) laws, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and disposal methods are strictly controlled. These compounds are sometimes used as solvents in the production of the respective components of the coloring composition used in the present invention, and are mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental considerations, it is better to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method of reducing environmental regulations, heating and depressurizing the inside of the system to make it above the boiling point of the environmental regulations, and distilling and reducing the environmental regulations from the system can be cited. In addition, when a small amount of environmentally regulated substances is removed by distillation, it is also useful to azeotrope a solvent having the same boiling point as the solvent in order to improve efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, it can be removed by distillation under reduced pressure after adding a polymerization inhibitor, so as to suppress the progress of the radical polymerization reaction during the removal under reduced pressure to cause crosslinking between molecules. These distillation removal methods can be used in any of the stages of raw materials, the stages of reacting raw materials (such as polymerized resin solutions and polyfunctional monomer solutions), or the stage of coloring compositions produced by mixing these compounds In the phase.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可列舉具有由酸基、鹼性基或酞醯亞胺甲基取代發色團的一部分而成的結構之化合物。作為構成顏料衍生物之發色團,可列舉喹啉系骨架、苯并咪唑酮系骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯系骨架、偶氮系骨架、酞菁系骨架、蒽醌系骨架、喹吖酮系骨架、二口咢口井系骨架、紫環酮系骨架、苝系骨架、硫靛藍系骨架、異吲哚啉系骨架、異吲哚啉酮系骨架、喹啉黃系骨架、苯乙烯系骨架、金屬錯合物系骨架等,喹啉系骨架、苯并咪唑酮系骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯系骨架、偶氮系骨架、喹啉黃系骨架、異吲哚啉系骨架及酞菁系骨架為較佳,偶氮系骨架及苯并咪唑酮系骨架為更佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之酸基,磺基、羧基為較佳,磺基為更佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之鹼性基,胺基為較佳,三級胺基為更佳。作為顏料衍生物的具體例,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2011-252065號公報的0162~0183段的記載,該內容被併入本說明書中。<<Pigment derivatives>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. As the pigment derivative, a compound having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is substituted with an acid group, a basic group, or a phthaliminomethyl group is mentioned. Examples of chromophores constituting pigment derivatives include quinoline-based skeletons, benzimidazolone-based skeletons, diketopyrrolopyrrole-based skeletons, azo-based skeletons, phthalocyanine-based skeletons, anthraquinone-based skeletons, and quinacridones System skeleton, two-hole well system skeleton, perylene skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo blue skeleton, isoindoline skeleton, isoindolinone skeleton, quinoline yellow skeleton, styrene series Framework, metal complex system framework, etc., quinoline framework, benzimidazolone framework, diketopyrrolopyrrole framework, azo framework, quinoline yellow framework, isoindoline framework and phthalocyanine The skeleton is preferable, and the azo skeleton and the benzimidazolone skeleton are more preferable. As the acid group possessed by the pigment derivative, a sulfo group and a carboxyl group are preferred, and a sulfo group is more preferred. As the basic group possessed by the pigment derivative, an amino group is preferred, and a tertiary amino group is more preferred. As a specific example of a pigment derivative, for example, the description in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

此外,作為顏料衍生物的具體例,可列舉日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平01-217077號公報、日本特開平03-009961號公報、日本特開平03-026767號公報、日本特開平03-153780號公報、日本特開平03-045662號公報、日本特開平04-285669號公報、日本特開平06-145546號公報、日本特開平06-212088號公報、日本特開平06-240158號公報、日本特開平10-030063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開第2011/024896號的0086~0098段、國際公開第2012/102399號的0063~0094段、國際公開第2017/038252號的0082段、日本特開2015-151530號公報的0171段、日本特開2011-252065號公報的0162~0183段、日本特開2003-081972號公報、日本專利第5299151號公報、日本特開2015-172732號公報、日本特開2014-199308號公報、日本特開2014-085562號公報、日本特開2014-035351號公報、日本特開2008-081565號公報、日本特開2019-109512號公報及日本特開2019-133154號公報中所記載之化合物。In addition, specific examples of pigment derivatives include Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-009961, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06- 212088, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896, paragraphs 0086 to 0098, International Publication No. 2012/102399 No. 0063 to 0094, International Publication No. 2017/038252, paragraph 0082, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-151530, paragraph 0171, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-252065, paragraphs 0162 to 0183, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-081972 No. 5299151, Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-172732, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-199308, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-085562, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-035351, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008 -081565, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-109512, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-133154.

顏料衍生物的含量相對於顏料100質量份為0.1~30質量份為較佳。該範圍的下限為0.25質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳,0.75質量份以上為特佳,1質量份以上為進一步較佳。又,該範圍的上限為25質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,15質量份以下為特佳。由於顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,因此具有經時穩定性進一步得到提高的效果。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,該等的合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.1-30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit of the range is more preferably 0.25 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 1 part by mass or more. In addition, the upper limit of the range is more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15 parts by mass or less. Since the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, there is an effect of further improving stability over time. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<硬化促進劑>> 本發明的著色組成物以促進聚合性單體的反應,或者降低硬化溫度之目的,亦可以添加硬化促進劑。作為硬化促進劑,可列舉在分子內具有2個以上的巰基之多官能硫醇化合物等。多官能硫醇化合物亦能夠以穩定性、臭味、解析度、顯影性、黏附性等的改良為目的而添加。多官能硫醇化合物為二級烷基硫醇類為較佳,由式(T1)所表示之化合物為更佳。<<Curing accelerator>> The coloring composition of the present invention may add a hardening accelerator for the purpose of promoting the reaction of polymerizable monomers or lowering the hardening temperature. Examples of the curing accelerator include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule. The multifunctional thiol compound can also be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkyl thiol, and the compound represented by formula (T1) is more preferred.

式(T1) [化學式24]

Figure 02_image049
Formula (T1) [Chemical Formula 24]
Figure 02_image049

式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示2~4價的連接基。式(T1)中,連接基L為碳數2~12的脂肪族基為較佳,n為2,L為碳數2~12的伸烷基尤為佳。In formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a linking group of 2 to 4 valence. In the formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2-12 carbons, n is 2, and L is an alkylene group having 2-12 carbons.

此外,硬化促進劑亦能夠使用羥甲基系化合物(例如在日本特開2015-034963號公報的0246段中,作為交聯劑而例示之化合物)、胺類、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物(以上,例如為日本特開2013-041165號公報的0186段中所記載的硬化劑)、鹼產生劑(例如為日本特開2014-055114號公報中所記載的離子性化合物)、氰酸酯化合物(例如為日本特開2012-150180號公報的0071段中所記載的化合物)、烷氧基矽烷化合物(例如為日本特開2011-253054號公報中所記載的具有環氧基之烷氧基矽烷化合物)、鎓鹽化合物(例如,在日本特開2015-034963號公報的0216段中作為酸產生劑而例示之化合物、日本特開2009-180949號公報中所記載的化合物)等。In addition, the hardening accelerator can also use methylol-based compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph 0246 of JP 2015-034963 A), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, and amides. Compound (above, for example, the hardener described in paragraph 0186 of JP 2013-041165 A), an alkali generator (for example, an ionic compound described in JP 2014-055114 A), cyanic acid Ester compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph 0071 of JP 2012-150180 A), alkoxysilane compound (for example, the alkoxy having an epoxy group described in JP 2011-253054 A Silane compound), onium salt compound (for example, the compound exemplified as an acid generator in paragraph 0216 of JP 2015-034963 A, the compound described in JP 2009-180949 A), and the like.

在本發明的著色組成物含有硬化促進劑之情況下,硬化促進劑的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中係0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%為更佳。When the colored composition of the present invention contains a hardening accelerator, the content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass in the total solid content of the colored composition.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。作為矽烷偶合劑,在一個分子中具有至少2種反應性不同之官能基之矽烷化合物為較佳。矽烷偶合劑係具有選自乙烯基、環氧基、苯乙烯基、甲基丙烯醯基、胺基、異氰脲酸酯基、脲基、巰基、硫醚基及異氰酸酯基中之至少1種基團及具有烷氧基等之矽烷化合物為較佳。作為矽烷偶合劑的具體例,可列舉N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-γ-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBM-602)、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBM-603)、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBM-903)、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBM-503)、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、KBM-403)等。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2013-254047號公報的0155~0158段中的記載,該內容被併入本說明書中。本發明的著色組成物含有矽烷偶合劑之情況下,著色組成物的總固體成分中矽烷偶合劑的含量為0.001~20質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%尤為佳。本發明的著色組成物中,亦可以僅含有1種或含有2種以上的矽烷偶合劑。包含2種以上時,該等合計量係上述範圍為較佳。<<Silane coupling agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, a silane compound having at least two functional groups with different reactivity in one molecule is preferred. The silane coupling agent has at least one selected from vinyl group, epoxy group, styryl group, methacryl group, amine group, isocyanurate group, urea group, mercapto group, thioether group and isocyanate group Groups and silane compounds having alkoxy groups and the like are preferred. As a specific example of the silane coupling agent, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM- 602), N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Silane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBE-903), 3-methyl Propyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. System, KBM-403) etc. For the details of the silane coupling agent, refer to the description in paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of JP 2013-254047 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a silane coupling agent, the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and 0.1 to 10% by mass. 5 mass% is particularly preferred. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type or two or more types of silane coupling agents. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可列舉氫醌、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、三級丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基酚醛)、N-亞硝基雙羥基胺鹽(銨鹽、第一鈰鹽等)等。本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑的含量在著色組成物的總固體成分中係0.0001~5質量%為較佳。本發明的著色組成物中,亦可以僅含有1種或含有2種以上的聚合抑制劑。包含2種以上時,該等合計量係上述範圍為較佳。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tertiary butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-sulfur Substituted bis (3-methyl-6-tertiary butyl phenol), 2,2'-methylene bis (4-methyl-6-tertiary butyl phenol), N-nitroso bishydroxy amine salt (Ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.) etc. When the colored composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the colored composition. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type or two or more types of polymerization inhibitors. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸酯化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥基苯基三𠯤化合物、吲哚化合物、三𠯤化合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208374號公報的0052~0072段、日本特開2013-068814號公報的0317~0334段、日本特開2016-162946號公報的0061~0080段中的記載,該等內容被併入本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如可列舉UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可列舉MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製的MYUA系列(化學工業日報、2016年2月1日)。又,作為紫外線吸收劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0049~0059段中所記載之化合物。本發明的著色組成物含有紫外線吸收劑之情況下,著色組成物的總固體成分中紫外線吸收劑的含量為0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.1~3質量%尤為佳。又,紫外線吸收劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,此等的合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。<<Ultraviolet absorber>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. UV absorbers can use conjugated diene compounds, amino diene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazole compounds, indole compounds, Three 𠯤 compounds and so on. For details of these, please refer to paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP 2012-208374, paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP 2013-068814, and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946. The contents are incorporated into this manual. As a commercially available product of an ultraviolet absorber, UV-503 (made by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned, for example. Also, as the benzotriazole compound, the MYUA series manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) can be cited. In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1-10% by mass, more preferably 0.1-5% by mass, and 0.1-3% by mass % Is particularly good. In addition, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount of these is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。關於界面活性劑,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0238~0245段,該內容被併入本說明書中。<<Surface active agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. Regarding the surfactant, refer to paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, and the content is incorporated into this specification.

本發明中,界面活性劑係氟系界面活性劑為較佳。著色組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,藉此能夠進一步提高液體特性(尤其,流動性),並且能夠進一步改善省液性。又,還能夠形成厚度不均勻少之膜。In the present invention, the surfactant-based fluorine-based surfactant is preferred. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, liquid properties (especially fluidity) can be further improved, and liquid-saving properties can be further improved. In addition, a film with less uneven thickness can be formed.

氟系界面活性劑中之氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳,7~25質量%為特佳。氟含有率為上述範圍內之氟系界面活性劑,從塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和省液性的方面而言為有效,著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within the above-mentioned range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid-saving properties, and the solubility in the coloring composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可列舉日本特開2014-041318號公報的0060~0064段(相對應之國際公開第2014/017669號的0060~0064段)等中所記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中所記載之界面活性劑,該等內容被併入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可列舉Magaface F171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、F-781F、EXP、MFS-330(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、 PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上,OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製)等。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-041318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669). The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of the Open Publication No. 2011-132503 are incorporated into this specification. Commercial products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Magaface F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F-781F , EXP, MFS-330 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.) )Wait.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用包含具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且在加熱時含有氟原子之官能基的一部分被斷裂而氟原子揮發之丙烯酸系化合物。作為該等氟系界面活性劑,可列舉DIC CORPORATION製的Magaface DS系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月22日)(日經產業新聞,2016年2月23日)、例如Magaface DS-21。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also possible to preferably use an acrylic compound containing a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and a part of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom is volatilized when heated. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Magaface DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily, February 22, 2016) (Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016), for example, Magaface DS-21.

又,氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。該種氟系界面活性劑能夠參閱日本特開2016-216602號公報的記載,並該內容被併入本說明書中。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. For this type of fluorine-based surfactant, refer to the description of JP 2016-216602 A, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

氟系界面活性劑還可以使用嵌段聚合物。例如可列舉日本特開2011-089090號公報中所記載之化合物。氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物含有:來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑,還例示出下述化合物。Block polymers can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. For example, the compounds described in JP 2011-089090 A can be cited. Fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably use fluorine-containing polymer compounds containing: repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate compounds having fluorine atoms; and derived from having two or more ( Preferably 5 or more) repeating units of (meth)acrylate compounds of alkoxyl groups (preferably ethoxyl groups and propoxyl groups). As the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention, the following compounds are also exemplified.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image051

上述的化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compound, the% representing the proportion of the repeating unit is mole %.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,例如DIC CORPORATION製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965 A, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS- by DIC CORPORATION. 72-K etc. The fluorine-based surfactant can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可列舉甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及它們的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、PLURONIC L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、SOLSPERSE 20000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate). Etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilauric acid Ester, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, PLURONIC L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904 , 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), SOLSPERSE 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, D -6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上,Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上,Momentive performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上,BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above, Dow Corning Toray Co. , Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH), etc.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的界面活性劑的含量為0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。界面活性劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。為2種以上時,該等合計量係上述範圍為較佳。The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one type or two or more types. When it is 2 or more types, it is preferable that these total amounts are the said range.

<<其他添加劑>> 本發明的著色組成物中能夠依需要摻和各種添加劑,例如填充劑、黏附促進劑、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑等。作為該等添加劑,能夠列舉日本特開2004-295116號公報的0155~0156段中所記載的添加劑,該內容被併入本說明書中。又,作為抗氧化劑,例如能夠使用酚醛化合物、磷系化合物(例如日本特開2011-090147號公報的0042段中所記載的化合物)、硫醚化合物等。作為市售品,例如可列舉ADEKA CORPORATION製造的Adekastab系列(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330等)。又,作為抗氧化劑,還能夠使用國際公開第2017/006600號中所記載之多官能受阻胺抗氧化劑、國際公開第2017/164024號中所記載之抗氧化劑、日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中所記載之抗氧化劑。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。又,本發明的著色組成物根據需要還可以含有潛伏的抗氧化劑。作為潛伏的抗氧化劑,可列舉作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且保護基藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱而脫離並作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之化合物。作為潛伏的抗氧化劑的具體例,可列舉國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為市售品,可列舉ADEKAARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠含有日本特開2004-295116號公報的0078段中所記載之增感劑、光穩定劑、日本特開2004-295116號公報的0081段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑、日本特開2018-091940號公報的0242段中所記載之儲存穩定化劑。<<Other additives>> Various additives, such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, anti-cohesion agents, etc., can be blended into the coloring composition of the present invention as needed. As these additives, the additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP 2004-295116 A can be cited, and this content is incorporated in this specification. In addition, as the antioxidant, for example, a phenolic compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph 0042 of JP 2011-090147 A), a thioether compound, and the like can be used. As a commercially available product, for example, Adekastab series manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO-330 Wait). In addition, as the antioxidant, the multifunctional hindered amine antioxidant described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, the antioxidant described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and 0023 to Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. Antioxidant described in paragraph 0048. Only 1 type of antioxidant may be used, and 2 or more types may be used. In addition, the colored composition of the present invention may further contain a latent antioxidant as necessary. As the latent antioxidant, a compound in which the part that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group can be cited, and the protective group is heated at 100 to 250°C or in the presence of an acid/base catalyst at 80 to 200°C A compound that is released by heating and functions as an antioxidant. Specific examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-008219. As a commercially available product, ADEKAARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited. In addition, the colored composition of the present invention can contain the sensitizer and the light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP 2004-295116 A, and the thermal polymerization described in paragraph 0081 of JP 2004-295116 Inhibitor, storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of JP 2018-091940 A.

又,本發明的著色組成物為了調整所獲得之膜的折射率可以含有金屬氧化物。作為金屬氧化物,可列舉TiO2 、ZrO2 、Al2 O3 、SiO2 等。金屬氧化物的一次粒徑係1~100nm為較佳,3~70nm為更佳,5~50nm為最佳。金屬氧化物可具有核-殼結構,此時,核部可以為中空狀。In addition, the colored composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably from 1 to 100 nm, more preferably from 3 to 70 nm, and most preferably from 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure, and in this case, the core may be hollow.

又,本發明的著色組成物可包含耐光性改良劑。作為耐光性改良劑,可列舉日本特開2017-198787號公報的0036~0037段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-146350號公報的0029~0034段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129774號公報的0036~0037段、0049~0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129674號公報的0031~0034段、0058~0059段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-122803號公報的0036~0037段、0051~0054段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0039段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-186546號公報的0034~0047段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-025116號公報的0019~0041段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-145604號公報的0101~0125段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-103475號公報的0018~0021段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-257591號公報的0015~0018段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-191483號公報的0017~0021段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-145668號公報的0108~0116段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-253174號公報的0103~0153段中所記載之化合物等。In addition, the colored composition of the present invention may include a light resistance improver. Examples of the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP 2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP 2017-146350, and JP 2017 -129774, the compound described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037, 0049 to 0052, the compound described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034, and 0058 to 0059 of JP 2017-129674, JP 2017-122803 The compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037, 0051 to 0054, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, and paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP 2017-186546 The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-025116, the compound described in paragraphs 0019 to 0041, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-145604, the compound described in paragraphs 0101 to 0125, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-103475 The compound described in paragraphs 0018 to 0021 of the publication, the compound described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of JP 2011-257591 A, the compound described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP 2011-191483, The compound described in paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP 2011-145668 A, the compound described in paragraphs 0103 to 0153 of JP 2011-253174, and the like.

本發明的著色組成物中,未與顏料等鍵結或配位之游離的金屬的含量為100質量ppm以下為較佳,50質量ppm以下為更佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,實質上不含有為特佳。藉由該態樣,能夠期待顏料分散性的穩定化(抑制凝聚)、伴隨分散性的提高之分光特性的提高、硬化性成分的穩定化、伴隨金屬原子•金屬離子的溶出之導電性變動的抑制、顯示特性的提高等效果。又,亦可獲得日本特開2012-153796號公報、日本特開2000-345085號公報、日本特開2005-200560號公報、日本特開平08-043620號公報、日本特開2004-145078號公報、日本特開2014-119487號公報、日本特開2010-083997號公報、日本特開2017-090930號公報、日本特開2018-025612號公報、日本特開2018-025797號公報、日本特開2017-155228號公報、日本特開2018-036521號公報等中所記載之效果。作為上述游離的金屬的種類,可列舉Na、K、Ca、Sc、Ti、Mn、Cu、Zn、Fe、Cr、Fe、Co、Mg、Al、Ti、Sn、Zn、Zr、Ga、Ge、Ag、Au、Pt、Cs、Bi等。又,本發明的著色組成物中,未與顏料等鍵結或配位之游離的鹵素的含量係100質量ppm以下為較佳,50質量ppm以下為更佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,實質上不含有為特佳。作為著色組成物中的游離的金屬或鹵素的減少方法,可列舉基於離子交換水之清洗、過濾、超濾、基於離子交換樹脂之純化等方法。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of free metals that are not bonded or coordinated with pigments or the like is preferably 100 mass ppm or less, more preferably 50 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 10 mass ppm or less. It is especially good to not contain it. With this aspect, stabilization of pigment dispersibility (inhibition of aggregation), improvement of spectroscopic properties due to improvement of dispersibility, stabilization of curable components, and changes in conductivity due to elution of metal atoms and metal ions can be expected. Suppression and improvement of display characteristics. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-153796, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-345085, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-200560, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 08-043620, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-145078, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-119487, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-083997, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-090930, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-025612, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-025797, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017- The effects described in Bulletin No. 155228, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-036521, etc. Examples of the types of the above-mentioned free metals include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Fe, Co, Mg, Al, Ti, Sn, Zn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt, Cs, Bi, etc. In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of free halogen that is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like is preferably 100 mass ppm or less, more preferably 50 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 10 mass ppm or less , It is especially good if it does not contain substantially. As a method for reducing free metals or halogens in the coloring composition, methods such as washing by ion exchange water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification by ion exchange resins can be cited.

本發明的著色組成物實質上不包含對苯二甲酸酯亦為較佳。在此,“實質上不包含”係指對苯二甲酸酯的含量在組成物的總固體成分中為1000質量ppb以下,100質量ppb以下為更佳,0為特佳。It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain terephthalate. Here, "substantially not included" means that the content of terephthalate is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total solid content of the composition, 100 mass ppb or less is more preferable, and 0 is particularly preferable.

<收容容器> 作為本發明的著色組成物的收容容器,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或著色組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶或將6種樹脂設為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可列舉日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。又,從防止金屬從容器內壁溶出,並提高組成物的保存穩定性,抑制成分變質之觀點考慮,收容容器的內壁為玻璃製或不銹鋼製為較佳。<Container Container> The storage container of the colored composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known storage container can be used. In addition, for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into the raw material or the coloring composition as the container, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 kinds of 6-layer resins or a bottle with 6 kinds of resins in a 7-layer structure. As such a container, for example, the container described in JP 2015-123351 A can be cited. In addition, from the viewpoint of preventing the elution of metal from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components, the inner wall of the storage container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel.

<著色組成物的製造方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分來製造。在製造著色組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解和/或分散於溶劑中來製造著色組成物,亦可以根據需要先將各成分適當得作為2種以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該等混合而製造組成物。<Method of manufacturing colored composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components. When manufacturing a coloring composition, all the components can be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to manufacture a coloring composition, or each component can be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions as needed, and used (At the time of coating) These are mixed to produce a composition.

又,在製造著色組成物時,可以包含使顏料等粒子分散之製程。在使顏料分散之步驟中,作為用於顏料的分散中之機械力,可列舉壓縮、壓榨、衝擊、剪斷、氣蝕等。作為該等步驟的具體例,可列舉珠磨機、混砂機(sand mill)、輥磨機、球磨機、塗料攪拌器(pain shaker)、微射流機(microfluidizer)、高速葉輪、砂磨機、噴流混合器(flowjet mixer)、高壓濕式微粒化、超聲波分散等。又,在混砂機(珠磨機)中之顏料的粉碎中,在藉由使用直徑小的珠子、加大珠子的填充率等來提高了粉碎效率之條件下進行處理為較佳。又,粉碎處理後,藉由過濾、離心分離等去除粗粒子為較佳。又,使顏料分散之步驟及分散機能夠較佳地使用《分散技術大全,JOHOKIKO CO.,LTD.發行,2005年7月15日》或《以懸浮液(固/液分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業應用的實際 綜合資料集、經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日》、日本特開2015-157893號公報的0022段中所記載之步驟及分散機。又,在使顏料分散之步驟中,可以藉由鹽磨(salt milling)步驟進行粒子的微細化處理。鹽磨步驟中所使用之材料、機器、處理條件等例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。In addition, when manufacturing the coloring composition, a process of dispersing particles such as pigments may be included. In the step of dispersing the pigment, as the mechanical force used in the dispersion of the pigment, compression, pressing, impact, shearing, cavitation, etc. can be cited. Specific examples of these steps include bead mills, sand mills, roller mills, ball mills, pain shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand mills, Flowjet mixer, high pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, etc. In addition, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mixer (bead mill), it is better to perform the treatment under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is improved by using beads with a small diameter and increasing the filling rate of the beads. Furthermore, after the pulverization treatment, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugal separation, or the like. In addition, the steps to disperse the pigment and the dispersing machine can preferably use "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, issued by JOHOKIKO CO., LTD., July 15, 2005" or "Suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) as the center The actual comprehensive data collection of dispersion technology and industrial applications, issued by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, October 10, 1978", the steps and dispersion machines described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the step of dispersing the pigment, a salt milling step can be used to refine the particles. The materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, the descriptions in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-046629.

製造著色組成物時,以去除異物和減少缺陷等為目的,利用過濾器過濾著色組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要為一直用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限定而使用。例如可列舉使用了聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、耐綸(例如耐綸-6、耐綸-6,6)等聚醯胺樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯樹脂)等的原材料之過濾器。該等原材料中聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及耐綸為較佳。When manufacturing the colored composition, it is preferable to filter the colored composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. As the filter, as long as it is a filter that has been used for filtration purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (such as nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) are used. (Including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resin) and other raw materials filter. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑係0.01~7.0μm為較佳,0.01~3.0μm為更佳,0.05~0.5μm為進一步較佳。只要過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍,則能夠可靠地去除微細的異物。針對過濾器的孔徑值,能夠參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。過濾器能夠使用NIHON PALL LTD.(DFA4201NIEY等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(formerly Nippon Mykrolis Corporation)及KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION等所提供之各種過濾器。The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. As long as the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be reliably removed. For the pore size value of the filter, you can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. The filter can use various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Nippon Mykrolis Corporation) and KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION.

又,使用纖維狀過濾材料作為過濾器亦為較佳。作為纖維狀過濾材料,例如可列舉聚丙烯纖維、耐綸纖維、玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可列舉ROKI GROUP CO.,Ltd.製的SBP類型系列(SBP008等)、TPR類型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX類型系列(SHPX003等)。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material as a filter. As a fibrous filter material, polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, etc. are mentioned, for example. As commercially available products, SBP type series (SBP008, etc.) manufactured by ROKI GROUP CO., Ltd., TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) can be cited.

使用過濾器時,亦可以組合不同之過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,各過濾器中的過濾可以僅為一次,亦可以進行兩次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同之孔徑的過濾器。又,第1過濾器中的過濾僅對分散液進行,混合其他成分之後亦可以由第2過濾器進行過濾。When using filters, you can also combine different filters (for example, the first filter and the second filter, etc.). At this time, the filtration in each filter may be performed only once, or it may be performed more than twice. In addition, filters with different pore diameters can be combined within the above range. In addition, the filtration in the first filter is performed only on the dispersion liquid, and it may be filtered by the second filter after mixing other components.

<硬化膜及像素的形成方法> 本發明的硬化膜的形成方法包括將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層之製程及對該著色組成物層進行曝光之製程。尤其,像素(圖案狀的硬化膜)的形成方法還包含在上述曝光之製程中,以圖案狀進行曝光,然後對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之製程。而且,在本發明中,特徵在於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下進行。另外,在本發明中,“在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下進行”係指在150℃以下的溫度下進行使用著色組成物形成像素之全部製程。對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之後,設置進一步加熱之製程時,係指該加熱之製程亦在150℃以下的溫度下進行。以下,對各製程進行詳細說明。<Formation method of cured film and pixels> The method for forming a cured film of the present invention includes a process of coating the colored composition of the present invention on a support to form a colored composition layer and a process of exposing the colored composition layer. In particular, the method for forming a pixel (patterned cured film) also includes a process of exposing in a pattern in the above-mentioned exposure process, and then developing the exposed coloring composition layer. Furthermore, in the present invention, it is characterized in that it is carried out at a temperature of 150°C or less throughout the process. In addition, in the present invention, "the entire process is performed at a temperature below 150°C" means that the entire process of forming pixels using the coloring composition is performed at a temperature below 150°C. After the exposed coloring composition layer is developed, when a further heating process is provided, it means that the heating process is also performed at a temperature below 150°C. Hereinafter, each manufacturing process will be described in detail.

在形成著色組成物層之製程中,將本發明的著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層。作為支撐體,例如為玻璃基板、樹脂基板。作為樹脂基板,可列舉聚碳酸酯基板、聚酯基板、芳香族聚醯胺基板、聚醯胺醯亞胺基板、聚醯亞胺基板等。可以在該等基板上形成有有機發光層。又,在基板上為了改良與上部層的密接、防止物質的擴散或者表面的平坦化而設置有底塗層。In the process of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition of the present invention is coated on the support to form the coloring composition layer. As the support, for example, a glass substrate or a resin substrate. Examples of the resin substrate include polycarbonate substrates, polyester substrates, aromatic polyimide substrates, polyimide substrates, polyimide substrates, and the like. Organic light-emitting layers may be formed on these substrates. In addition, a primer layer is provided on the substrate in order to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface.

作為著色組成物的塗佈方法能夠使用公知的方法。例如可列舉滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴霧法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫及旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨法(例如按需噴塗方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴塗等吐出系印刷、柔性版印刷、網板印刷、凹版印刷、反轉膠版印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為基於噴墨之應用方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉“擴散、可使用之噴墨-在專利中看到的無限可能性-、2005年2月發行、S.B. Techno-Research Co., Ltd.”中所示出之方法(尤其,115頁~133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中所記載之方法。又,關於著色組成物的塗佈方法,能夠參閱國際公開第2017/030174號、國際公開第2017/018419號的記載,該等內容被併入本說明書中。As the coating method of the coloring composition, a known method can be used. For example, dropping method (drop casting); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); cast coating method; slit and spin coating method; pre-wet method (such as , The method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet method (for example, on-demand spraying method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), nozzle spraying and other discharge system printing, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure Printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing and other printing methods; transfer methods using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting methods, etc. The inkjet-based application method is not particularly limited. For example, "Diffusion, usable inkjet-the infinite possibilities seen in the patent-issued in February 2005, SB Techno-Research Co., Ltd. The method shown in "(especially, pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-126830 The method described in Bulletin No. 2006-169325, etc. In addition, regarding the coating method of the coloring composition, reference can be made to the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。進行預烘烤之情況下,預烘烤溫度為80℃以下為較佳,70℃以下為更佳,60℃以下為進一步較佳,50℃以下為特佳。下限例如能夠設為40℃以上。預烘烤時間為10~3600秒為較佳。預烘烤能夠由加熱板、烘箱等進行。The colored composition layer formed on the support can be dried (pre-baked). In the case of pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 80°C or lower, more preferably 70°C or lower, more preferably 60°C or lower, and particularly preferably 50°C or lower. The lower limit can be set to 40°C or higher, for example. The pre-baking time is preferably 10 to 3600 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed by a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

接著,對著色組成物層進行曝光(曝光製程)。例如,使用步進曝光機或掃描儀曝光機等經由依據需要具有規定的遮罩圖案之遮罩,對著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此能夠以圖案狀進行曝光。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。Next, the colored composition layer is exposed (exposure process). For example, by using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, etc., to expose the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern as required, the exposure can be performed in a pattern. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為能夠在曝光時使用之光,可列舉g射線(波長436nm)、i射線(波長365nm)等紫外線。如韓國公開專利第1020170122130號公報中所記載那樣,可以一邊切割比i射線短的波長的光一邊進行使用i射線之曝光。又,亦能夠使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。作為波長300nm以下的光,可列舉KrF射線(波長248nm)、ArF射線(波長193nm)等,KrF射線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,亦能夠利用300nm以上的長波的光源。As the light that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-ray (wavelength: 436nm) and i-ray (wavelength: 365nm) can be cited. As described in Korean Patent Publication No. 1020170122130, it is possible to perform exposure using i-rays while cutting light of a wavelength shorter than i-rays. In addition, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and the like. KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) are preferred. In addition, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,在曝光時,可以連續照射光而進行曝光,亦可以脈衝照射而進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。另外,脈衝曝光係指在短時間(例如,毫秒級以下)的循環中反覆進行光的照射和暫停而進行曝光之方式的曝光方法。脈衝曝光時,脈衝寬度係100奈秒(ns)以下為較佳,50奈秒以下為更佳,30奈秒以下為進一步較佳。脈衝寬度的下限並無特別限定,能夠設為1飛秒(fs)以上,亦能夠設為10飛秒以上。頻率係1kHz以上為較佳,2kHz以上為更佳,4kHz以上為進一步較佳。頻率的上限為50kHz以下為較佳,20kHz以下為更佳,10kHz以下為進一步較佳。最大瞬間照度為5000W/cm2 以上為較佳,10000W/cm2 以上為更佳,20000W/cm2 以上為進一步較佳。又,最大瞬間照度的上限為100000W/cm2 以下為較佳,80000W/cm2 以下為更佳,50000W/cm2 以下為進一步較佳。另外,脈衝寬度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間。又,頻率係指每一秒的脈衝週期的次數。又,最大瞬間照度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間內的平均照度。又,脈衝週期係指將脈衝曝光中的光的照射和暫停作為一個循環之週期。In addition, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be used for exposure (pulse exposure). In addition, pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which light is irradiated and paused repeatedly in a short-time (for example, millisecond or less) cycle. In pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, and it can be 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, or 10 femtosecond or more. The frequency is preferably above 1 kHz, more preferably above 2 kHz, and even more preferably above 4 kHz. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and even more preferably 10 kHz or less. Maximum instantaneous illuminance 5000W / cm 2 or more is preferred, 10000W / cm 2 or more is more preferred, 20000W / cm 2 or more is further preferred. Further, the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance 100000W / cm 2 or less is preferred, 80000W / cm 2 or less is more preferred, 50000W / cm 2 or less is further preferred. In addition, the pulse width refers to the time of irradiating light in the pulse period. In addition, frequency refers to the number of pulse cycles per second. In addition, the maximum instantaneous illuminance refers to the average illuminance during the pulse period during which light is irradiated. In addition, the pulse period refers to a period in which the irradiation and pause of light in pulse exposure are regarded as one cycle.

在本發明的硬化膜的形成方法中,曝光量(照射量)為200mJ/cm2 以上。這樣,藉由以比以往更多的曝光量進行曝光,產生大量的光自由基,並且以與大於150℃之高溫下的加熱硬化處理相同的方式促進組成物的硬化。曝光量的下限為800mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,1J/cm2 以上為更佳。曝光量的上限為2.5J/cm2 以下為較佳,2.0J/cm2 以下為更佳,1.5J/cm2 以下為進一步較佳。又,曝光照度能夠適當地設定,例如為50mW/cm2 ~10W/cm2 為較佳。此外,曝光照度的下限為500mW/cm2 以上為較佳,800mW/cm2 以上為更佳,1000mW/cm2 以上為進一步較佳。此外,曝光照度的上限為10W/cm2 以下為較佳,7W/cm2 以下為更佳,5W/cm2 以下為進一步較佳。In the method for forming a cured film of the present invention, the exposure dose (irradiation dose) is 200 mJ/cm 2 or more. In this way, by exposing with a larger amount of exposure than before, a large amount of light radicals are generated, and the hardening of the composition is promoted in the same way as the heat hardening treatment at a high temperature of more than 150°C. The lower limit of the exposure amount is preferably 800 mJ/cm 2 or more, and more preferably 1 J/cm 2 or more. The upper limit of the exposure amount of 2.5J / cm 2 or less is preferred, 2.0J / cm 2 or less is more preferred, 1.5J / cm 2 or less is further preferred. In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and for example, it is preferably 50 mW/cm 2 to 10 W/cm 2 . Further, exposure illuminance lower limit of 500mW / cm 2 or more is preferred, 800mW / cm 2 or more is more preferred, 1000mW / cm 2 or more is further preferred. In addition, the upper limit of the exposure illuminance is preferably 10 W/cm 2 or less, more preferably 7 W/cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 5 W/cm 2 or less.

關於曝光時之氧濃度,能夠進行適當選擇,除了在大氣下進行以外,亦可以例如在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如15體積%、5體積%、或者實質上無氧)進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度大於21體積%之高氧環境下(例如22體積%、30體積%、或者50體積%)進行曝光。氧濃度與曝光照度可以組合適當條件,例如能夠在氧濃度10體積%下設為照度1W/cm2 ,在氧濃度35體積%下設為照度2W/cm2 等。Regarding the oxygen concentration during exposure, it can be appropriately selected. In addition to carrying out in the atmosphere, it can also be performed in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free ) Exposure can also be carried out in a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration greater than 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be combined with appropriate conditions. For example, the illuminance can be set to 1 W/cm 2 when the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, and the illuminance 2W/cm 2 when the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume.

接著,對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影。亦即,顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部並將硬化膜形成為圖案狀而形成像素。著色組成物層的未曝光部的顯影去除能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光步驟中之未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出於顯影液,僅殘留光硬化之部分。作為顯影液,可列舉有機溶劑、鹼顯影液等,鹼顯影液為較佳。顯影液的溫度例如為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒鐘為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可反覆進行數次如下步驟:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液。Next, the exposed coloring composition layer is developed. That is, development removes the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer and forms the cured film into a pattern to form pixels. The development and removal of the unexposed part of the colored composition layer can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the coloring composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure step dissolves in the developing solution, leaving only the light-hardened part. As the developer, an organic solvent, an alkali developer, etc. can be cited, and an alkali developer is preferred. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C, for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal performance, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is shaken off every 60 seconds, and the developer is further supplied again.

鹼性顯影液係用純水稀釋鹼劑而得之鹼性水溶液為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可列舉胺、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺、二乙醇胺、羥基胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、乙基三甲基氫氧化銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。關於鹼劑,分子量大的化合物在環境面及安全面方面較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度為0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,顯影液可進一步包含界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可列舉上述界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。從運輸和保管方便等觀點考慮,顯影液暫且製成為濃縮液,亦可稀釋成使用時所需的濃度。對於稀釋倍率並無特別限定,但例如能夠設定在1.5~100倍的範圍。又,顯影後利用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦為較佳。又,沖洗藉由使形成有顯影後的著色組成物層之支撐體旋轉的同時向顯影後的著色組成物層供給沖洗液來進行為較佳。又,藉由使吐出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦為較佳。此時,在從噴嘴的支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以在逐漸降低噴嘴的移動速度的同時使其移動。藉由以該種方式進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內偏差。又,藉由使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時逐漸降低支撐體的轉速亦可獲得相同的效果。The alkaline developer is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water. Examples of alkali agents include amine, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, Tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, Organic alkaline compounds such as pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium metasilicate. Regarding the alkali agent, a compound with a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may further contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, the above-mentioned surfactants can be cited, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation and storage, the developer is temporarily made into a concentrated solution, or it can be diluted to the concentration required for use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but it can be set in the range of 1.5 to 100 times, for example. Furthermore, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. In addition, rinsing is preferably performed by supplying rinsing liquid to the developed coloring composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed coloring composition layer is formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to perform it by moving the nozzle which discharges a rinse liquid from the center part of a support body to the peripheral part of a support body. At this time, when moving from the center portion of the support body of the nozzle to the peripheral edge portion, the nozzle can be moved while gradually reducing the movement speed of the nozzle. By performing rinsing in this way, the in-plane deviation of rinsing can be suppressed. In addition, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the peripheral edge.

顯影後,在實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)亦為較佳。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用於完成硬化之顯影後的硬化處理。After development, it is also preferable to perform additional exposure treatment and heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are curing treatments after development to complete curing.

當進行後烘烤時,加熱溫度為150℃以下為較佳。加熱溫度的上限為120℃以下為更佳,100℃以下為進一步較佳。只要能夠促進組成物的硬化,則加熱溫度的下限並無特別限制,50℃以上為更佳,75℃以上為進一步較佳。加熱時間為1分以上為較佳,5分以上為更佳,10分以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限定,從生產率的觀點考慮,20分以下為較佳。後烘烤在非活性氣體的環境下進行亦為較佳。藉由該態樣,能夠在不受到氧氣阻礙的情況下以非常高的效率進行熱聚合,即使在整個製程中在120℃以下的溫度下製造像素之情況下,亦能夠製造平坦性良好且耐溶劑性等特性優異之像素。作為非活性氣體,可列舉氮氣、氬氣、氦氣等,氮氣為較佳。後烘烤時的氧濃度為100ppm以下為較佳。When performing post-baking, the heating temperature is preferably 150°C or lower. The upper limit of the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C or less, and more preferably 100°C or less. As long as the hardening of the composition can be promoted, the lower limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited. It is more preferably 50°C or higher, and more preferably 75°C or higher. The heating time is preferably 1 minute or more, more preferably 5 minutes or more, and more preferably 10 minutes or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of productivity, 20 minutes or less is preferable. It is also better to perform post-baking in an inert gas environment. With this aspect, it is possible to perform thermal polymerization with very high efficiency without being hindered by oxygen. Even when pixels are manufactured at a temperature below 120°C in the entire process, it is possible to manufacture good flatness and durability. Pixels with excellent solvent properties. As the inert gas, nitrogen, argon, helium, etc. can be cited, and nitrogen is preferred. The oxygen concentration during post-baking is preferably 100 ppm or less.

進行追加曝光處理時,照射波長254~350nm的光而進行曝光為較佳。作為更佳的態樣,以圖案狀曝光著色組成物層之製程(顯影前的曝光)對著色組成物層照射具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光(較佳為波長355~370nm的光、更佳為i射線)而進行曝光之追加曝光處理(顯影後的曝光)對顯影後的著色組成物層照射波長254~350nm的光(較佳為波長254nm的光)而進行曝光為較佳。藉由該態樣,能夠以最初的曝光(顯影前的曝光)適當地硬化著色組成物層,並且能夠以下一曝光(顯影後的曝光)大致完全硬化著色組成物層整體,因此,結果即使在低溫條件下亦能夠充分硬化著色組成物層,從而形成耐溶劑性、密接性及圖案的矩形性等特性優異之像素。這樣分2個階段進行曝光時,著色組成物中使用包含甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A1及甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A2者作為光聚合起始劑為較佳。When performing additional exposure processing, it is preferable to perform exposure by irradiating light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm. As a more preferable aspect, the process of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern (exposure before development) irradiates the colored composition layer with light having a wavelength greater than 350nm and less than 380nm (preferably light with a wavelength of 355-370nm, It is more preferably i-ray) to perform additional exposure treatment (exposure after development) to expose the developed coloring composition layer by irradiating light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm (preferably light with a wavelength of 254 nm). With this aspect, the coloring composition layer can be properly cured by the first exposure (exposure before development), and the entire coloring composition layer can be almost completely cured for the next exposure (exposure after development). Therefore, even in The colored composition layer can be sufficiently hardened even under low temperature conditions, thereby forming pixels with excellent characteristics such as solvent resistance, adhesion, and pattern rectangularity. When the exposure is carried out in two stages, the coloring composition contains a photopolymerization initiator A1 with an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol and an absorption coefficient of 1.0 at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol. × 10 2 mL / gcm absorption coefficient and the wavelength of 254nm was 1.0 × 10 3 mL / gcm or more persons A2 photopolymerization initiator as the photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

顯影後的曝光能夠使用例如紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置來進行。亦可以從紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置與例如波長254~350nm的光一同照射除此以外的光(例如i射線)。Exposure after development can be performed using, for example, an ultraviolet photoresist curing device. It is also possible to irradiate other light (for example, i-ray) with light having a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm from an ultraviolet photoresist curing device.

顯影後的曝光下的曝光量(照射量)為30~4000mJ/cm2 為較佳,50~3500mJ/cm2 為更佳。在顯影前的曝光中所使用之光的波長與在顯影後的曝光中所使用之光的波長之差為200nm以下為較佳,100~150nm為更佳。The exposure amount (exposure amount) under the exposure after development is preferably 30 to 4000 mJ/cm 2 and more preferably 50 to 3500 mJ/cm 2 . The difference between the wavelength of the light used in the exposure before development and the wavelength of the light used in the exposure after development is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 100 to 150 nm.

<濾色器的製造方法> 本發明的濾色器的製造方法包括上述本發明的硬化膜的形成方法,尤其包括像素的形成方法。 當濾色器具有複數種顏色的像素時,對各顏色的像素進行上述像素的形成方法,從而能夠形成具有複數種顏色的像素之濾色器。濾色器可列舉具有1種顏色以上的紅色像素、藍色像素、綠色像素、青色像素、品紅色像素、黃色像素等著色像素之過濾器。作為濾色器的具體例,可列舉至少具有紅色像素、藍色像素及綠色像素之過濾器、至少具有青色像素、品紅色像素及黃色像素之過濾器等。濾色器可具有如下結構:在藉由間隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間嵌入有各著色像素之結構。此時的間隔壁係相對於各著色像素為低折射率為較佳。又,可以以美國專利申請公開第2018/0040656號說明書中所記載之結構形成間隔壁。<Method of manufacturing color filter> The manufacturing method of the color filter of the present invention includes the above-mentioned method of forming the cured film of the present invention, and particularly includes the method of forming a pixel. When the color filter has pixels of a plurality of colors, the pixel forming method described above is performed on the pixels of each color, so that a color filter having pixels of a plurality of colors can be formed. Examples of the color filter include a filter having one or more colors of colored pixels such as red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, and yellow pixels. Specific examples of the color filter include filters having at least red pixels, blue pixels, and green pixels, filters having at least cyan pixels, magenta pixels, and yellow pixels, and the like. The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space separated by a partition wall, for example, in a grid shape. In this case, the partition system preferably has a low refractive index with respect to each colored pixel. In addition, the partition wall may be formed with the structure described in the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656.

<顯示裝置的製造方法> 本發明的顯示裝置的製造方法包括上述本發明的像素的形成方法。 作為顯示裝置,可列舉液晶顯示裝置和有機電致發光顯示裝置等。關於顯示裝置的定義和各圖像顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器設備(佐佐木昭夫著、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd. 1990年發行)”、“顯示器設備(伊吹順章著、Sangyo-Tosho Publishing Co. Ltd.、1989年發行)”等中。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.、1994年發行)”中。對能夠應用本發明之液晶顯示裝置無特別限制,例如能夠應用於上述“新一代液晶顯示器技術”中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。<Manufacturing method of display device> The manufacturing method of the display device of the present invention includes the above-mentioned method of forming the pixel of the present invention. As the display device, a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence display device, and the like can be cited. The definition of the display device and the details of each image display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Equipment (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. in 1990)", "Display Equipment (by Ibuki Jun, Sangyo-Tosho Publishing Co. Ltd., issued in 1989)” etc. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and it can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

有機電致發光顯示裝置可以為具有包括白色有機電致發光元件之光源者。作為白色有機電致發光元件,串聯結構為較佳。關於有機電致發光元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-045676號公報、三上明義監修、“有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度·高精度·長壽命化·技巧集-”、Technical Information Institute Co.,Ltd.、第326頁-第328頁、2008年等。有機EL元件所發出之白色光的光譜在藍色區域(430nm-485nm)、綠色區域(530nm-580nm)及黃色區域(580nm-620nm)具有強的極大發光峰值為較佳。除了該等的發光峰值以外,進一步在紅色區域(650nm-700nm)具有極大發光峰值為更佳。The organic electroluminescence display device may be one having a light source including a white organic electroluminescence element. As a white organic electroluminescence element, a series structure is preferable. Regarding the tandem structure of organic electroluminescent elements, it is described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akira Mikami, "The front line of organic EL technology development-high brightness, high precision, long life, and skill collection -", Technical Information Institute Co., Ltd., page 326-page 328, 2008, etc. It is preferable that the spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element has a strong maximum emission peak in the blue region (430nm-485nm), green region (530nm-580nm) and yellow region (580nm-620nm). In addition to these luminescence peaks, it is better to have a very large luminescence peak in the red region (650nm-700nm).

又,有機電致發光顯示裝置可以在濾色器上具有透鏡。作為透鏡的形狀,能夠採用藉由光學系統設計導出之各種形狀,例如可列舉凸形狀、凹形狀等。例如,藉由採用凹形狀(凹型透鏡)而容易提高光的聚光性。該種透鏡藉由設置於穿過具有濾色器之顯示裝置的濾色器之光的光路上而使用。本發明的透鏡可以設置於向濾色器入射光的一側,亦可以設置於從濾色器射出光的一側。設置於向濾色器入射光的一側時,能夠增加聚光在濾色器上之光量。又,當設置於從濾色器射出光的一側時,能夠增加聚光在顯示器上之光量。又,透鏡可以與濾色器直接接觸,亦可以在透鏡與濾色器之間設置密接層、平坦化層等其他層。又,透鏡亦能夠以國際公開第2018/135189號中所記載之態樣配置而使用。 [實施例]In addition, the organic electroluminescence display device may have a lens on the color filter. As the shape of the lens, various shapes derived by the design of the optical system can be adopted, and examples thereof include a convex shape and a concave shape. For example, by adopting a concave shape (concave lens), it is easy to improve the condensability of light. This kind of lens is used by being arranged on the optical path of light passing through the color filter of the display device with the color filter. The lens of the present invention may be provided on the side where light enters the color filter, or may be provided on the side where light is emitted from the color filter. When it is installed on the side where light enters the color filter, the amount of light condensed on the color filter can be increased. In addition, when it is installed on the side where light is emitted from the color filter, the amount of light condensed on the display can be increased. In addition, the lens may be in direct contact with the color filter, or other layers such as an adhesion layer and a planarization layer may be provided between the lens and the color filter. In addition, the lens can also be used in the configuration described in International Publication No. 2018/135189. [Example]

以下列舉實施例,對本發明進行更具體說明。示於以下的實施例之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨就能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍不限定於以下所示之具體例。除非另有說明,否則“份”、“%”為質量基準。Examples are listed below to illustrate the present invention in more detail. The materials, usage amount, ratio, processing content, processing order, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are quality standards.

<顏料分散液的製備> (顏料分散液P-R) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-R。 •C.I. 顏料紅 254                          8.96質量份 •C.I. 顏料紅 177                          1.42質量份 •C.I.顏料黃 150                           1.16質量份 •分散劑(The Lubrizol Corporation製、SOLSPERSE20000) 2.29質量份 •顏料衍生物(下述結構的顏料衍生物1)     2.69質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂溶液D2                      7.66質量份 •環己酮                                  75.82質量份<Preparation of pigment dispersion> (Pigment dispersion liquid P-R) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-R. •C.I. Pigment Red 254 8.96 parts by mass •C.I. Pigment Red 177 1.42 parts by mass •C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 1.16 parts by mass • Dispersant (manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation, SOLSPERSE20000) 2.29 parts by mass •Pigment derivatives (pigment derivatives 1 with the following structure) 2.69 parts by mass •Alkali-soluble resin solution D2 7.66 parts by mass • Cyclohexanone 75.82 parts by mass

顏料衍生物1: [化學式26]

Figure 02_image053
Pigment derivative 1: [Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image053

鹼可溶性樹脂溶液D2為藉由以下方法製造者。 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、回流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入環己酮90.0質量份,並且一邊將氮氣注入到容器中一邊加熱至60℃,並以相同溫度經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸20.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯10.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯55.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸芐酯15質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈2.5質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束後,使其在60℃下進一步反應1小時之後,添加使2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈0.5質量份溶解於丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)10.0質量份而得者,然後在相同溫度下繼續攪拌3小時而獲得了共聚物。冷卻至室溫後,用環己酮進行稀釋,藉此獲得了固體成分濃度20%的鹼可溶性樹脂溶液D2。重量平均分子量為30000。The alkali-soluble resin solution D2 is produced by the following method. Put 90.0 parts by mass of cyclohexanone in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and heat to 60°C while injecting nitrogen into the vessel, and heat it at the same temperature. 20.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10.0 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 55.0 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 15 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate, and 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile were added dropwise for 2 hours 2.5 parts by mass of the mixture was subjected to polymerization reaction. After the dropping was completed, the reaction was further carried out at 60°C for 1 hour, and 0.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved in 10.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). The winner was then stirred at the same temperature for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with cyclohexanone to obtain an alkali-soluble resin solution D2 having a solid content concentration of 20%. The weight average molecular weight is 30,000.

(顏料分散液P-G) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-G。 •C.I.顏料綠 58                                7.53質量份 •C.I.顏料黃 150                               4.14質量份 •分散劑(BYK Chemie公司製、Disperbyk-2001、固體成分濃度46質量%)                                            6.09質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂溶液D2                         5.53質量份 •PGMEA                                    76.71質量份(Pigment dispersion liquid P-G) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-G. •C.I. Pigment Green 58 7.53 parts by mass •C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 4.14 parts by mass • Dispersant (manufactured by BYK Chemie, Disperbyk-2001, solid content 46% by mass) 6.09 parts by mass •Alkali-soluble resin solution D2 5.53 parts by mass •PGMEA 76.71 parts by mass

(顏料分散液P-B) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-B。 •C.I.顏料藍 15:6                           12.88質量份 •分散劑(The Lubrizol Corporation製、SOLSPERSE20000) 5.62質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂溶液D2                       1.50質量份 •環己酮                                   80.00質量份(Pigment dispersion P-B) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-B. •C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 12.88 parts by mass • Dispersant (manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation, SOLSPERSE20000) 5.62 parts by mass •Alkali-soluble resin solution D2 1.50 parts by mass • Cyclohexanone 80.00 parts by mass

(顏料分散液P-X) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-X。 •C.I.顏料紅 254                            13.33質量份 •顏料衍生物(下述結構的顏料衍生物2A)     1.67質量份 •第1分散劑(下述結構的樹脂K)            2.50質量份 •第2分散劑(藉由下述方法合成之樹脂PA-1) 2.50質量份 •PGMEA                                  80.00質量份(Pigment dispersion P-X) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter with a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-X. •C.I. Pigment Red 254 13.33 parts by mass •Pigment derivative (Pigment derivative 2A with the following structure) 1.67 parts by mass • The first dispersant (resin K with the following structure) 2.50 parts by mass • The second dispersant (resin PA-1 synthesized by the following method) 2.50 parts by mass •PGMEA 80.00 parts by mass

顏料衍生物2A: [化學式27]

Figure 02_image055
Pigment derivative 2A: [Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image055

樹脂K:具有下述結構之化合物。附屬於主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比,附屬於側鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的重複數。重量平均分子量為20000。 [化學式28]

Figure 02_image057
Resin K: A compound having the following structure. The numerical value in the bracket attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the numerical value in the bracket attached to the side chain indicates the repeating number of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 20,000. [Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image057

樹脂PA-1: -樹脂PA-1的合成方法- 將下述原料導入到三口燒瓶中,從而獲得了混合物。 接著,一邊吹入氮氣,一邊攪拌上述混合物,然後,一邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內,一邊將混合物升溫至75℃。接著,在混合物中添加十二基硫醇(0.82g)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸甲酯)0.43g、(以下,亦稱為“V-601”。),開始聚合反應。將混合物在75℃下加熱2小時之後,進一步將V-601(0.43g)追加到混合物中。2小時之後,進一步將V-601(0.43g)追加到混合物中。進而反應2小時之後,將混合物升溫至90℃並攪拌了3小時。藉由上述操作結束了聚合反應。 該反應結束後,在空氣中添加作為胺化合物的二甲基十二烷基胺(9.6g)基及作為聚合抑制劑的2,2,6,6,-四甲基哌啶1-氧基(0.3g),然後,滴加丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯縮水甘油醚(9.01g)作為反應性化合物。該滴加結束後,在空氣中,在90℃下繼續反應24小時。藉由酸值測量確認了反應的結束。以成為30質量%溶液之方式將PGMEA追加到所獲得之混合物而獲得了樹脂PA-1。所獲得之樹脂PA-1的重量平均分子量為17,200,酸值為70mgKOH/mg。 -樹脂PA-1的原料- •藉由下述方法製備之單體B-1溶液(固體成分量50質量%) 60.78g •聚合性單體(ω-羧基-聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯、ARONIX M-5300、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)                      50.99g •PGMEA                                 159.5gResin PA-1: -Synthesis method of resin PA-1- The following raw materials were introduced into a three-necked flask to obtain a mixture. Next, while blowing in nitrogen gas, the above mixture was stirred, and then, while nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask, the temperature of the mixture was raised to 75°C. Next, dodecyl mercaptan (0.82 g), 0.43 g of 2,2'-azobis(methyl 2-methylpropionate), (hereinafter, also referred to as "V-601") were added to the mixture. , Start the polymerization reaction. After the mixture was heated at 75°C for 2 hours, V-601 (0.43 g) was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, V-601 (0.43 g) was further added to the mixture. After further reacting for 2 hours, the mixture was heated to 90°C and stirred for 3 hours. The polymerization reaction was ended by the above operation. After the reaction, add dimethyldodecylamine (9.6g) as an amine compound and 2,2,6,6,-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy as a polymerization inhibitor in the air (0.3g), then, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether (9.01g) was added dropwise as a reactive compound. After the dropping, the reaction was continued for 24 hours at 90°C in air. The end of the reaction was confirmed by acid value measurement. PGMEA was added to the obtained mixture so that it became a 30 mass% solution, and resin PA-1 was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin PA-1 was 17,200, and the acid value was 70 mgKOH/mg. -Raw material of resin PA-1- • Monomer B-1 solution prepared by the following method (50% by mass solid content) 60.78g •Polymerizable monomer (ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate, ARONIX M-5300, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 50.99g •PGMEA 159.5g

樹脂的酸值藉由使用氫氧化鈉水溶液之中和滴定來求出。具體而言,藉由以下方式而求出:在將所獲得之樹脂溶解於溶媒中而成之溶液中,使用電位差測量法以氫氧化鈉水溶液進行滴定,算出樹脂在固體成分1g中所含之酸的毫莫耳數,接著將該值乘以氫氧化鉀(KOH)的分子量56.1。The acid value of the resin was obtained by neutralization titration using an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Specifically, it is determined by the following method: in a solution obtained by dissolving the obtained resin in a solvent, titrating with a sodium hydroxide aqueous solution using a potential difference measurement method, and calculating the resin content in 1 g of solid content The number of millimoles of acid, and then multiply this value by the molecular weight of potassium hydroxide (KOH), 56.1.

-單體B-1溶液的製備方法- 在三口燒瓶中導入ε-己內酯(1256.62份、對應於環狀化合物。)及2-乙基-1-己醇(143.38份、對應於開環聚合起始劑。),獲得了混合物。接著,一邊吹入氮氣一邊對上述混合物進行了攪拌。接著,在混合物中添加單丁基錫氧化物(0.63份),並將所獲得之混合物加熱至90℃。一邊維持90℃一邊經過6小時之後,使用1 H-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance:核磁共振)確認到混合物中的來自於2-乙基-1-己醇之訊號消失。然後,將混合物加熱至110℃,在氮氣下,在110℃下繼續進行2小時聚合反應。利用1 H-NMR確認來自於ε-己內酯之訊號的消失,將上述混合物降溫至80℃。然後,將2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚(0.78份)添加到上述混合物中後,進而經30分鐘對所獲得之混合物滴加了2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯(MOI、174.15份)。滴加結束1小時後,利用1 H-NMR確認到來自於MOI之訊號消失。然後,將PGMEA(1575.57份)添加到混合物中,獲得了固體成分量為50質量%的單體B-1溶液。能夠藉由1 H-NMR確認單體B-1的結構,如下述式(B-1)所示。所獲得之單體B-1的重量平均分子量為3000。-Preparation method of monomer B-1 solution- Into a three-necked flask was introduced ε-caprolactone (1256.62 parts, corresponding to the cyclic compound.) and 2-ethyl-1-hexanol (143.38 parts, corresponding to the ring opening Polymerization initiator.), a mixture was obtained. Next, the above mixture was stirred while blowing in nitrogen. Next, monobutyltin oxide (0.63 parts) was added to the mixture, and the obtained mixture was heated to 90°C. After 6 hours while maintaining 90°C, 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) was used to confirm that the signal from 2-ethyl-1-hexanol in the mixture disappeared. Then, the mixture was heated to 110°C, and the polymerization reaction was continued for 2 hours at 110°C under nitrogen. The disappearance of the signal derived from ε-caprolactone was confirmed by 1 H-NMR, and the temperature of the above mixture was lowered to 80°C. Then, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (0.78 parts) was added to the above mixture, and then 2-methacryloxy group was added dropwise to the obtained mixture over 30 minutes Ethyl isocyanate (MOI, 174.15 parts). One hour after the completion of the dropping, it was confirmed by 1 H-NMR that the signal from the MOI disappeared. Then, PGMEA (1575.57 parts) was added to the mixture, and a monomer B-1 solution with a solid content of 50% by mass was obtained. The structure of monomer B-1 can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR, as shown by the following formula (B-1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained monomer B-1 was 3,000.

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image059

(顏料分散液P-Y) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-Y。 •C.I.顏料紅 254                           13.33質量份 •顏料衍生物(上述結構的顏料衍生物2A)    1.67質量份 •第1分散劑(上述結構的樹脂K)           2.50質量份 •第2分散劑(下述結構的樹脂L)           2.50質量份 •PGMEA                                 80.00質量份(Pigment dispersion liquid P-Y) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-Y. •C.I. Pigment Red 254 13.33 parts by mass •Pigment derivative (Pigment derivative 2A of the above structure) 1.67 parts by mass • The first dispersant (resin K of the above structure) 2.50 parts by mass • The second dispersant (resin L with the following structure) 2.50 parts by mass •PGMEA 80.00 parts by mass

樹脂L:具有下述結構之化合物。附屬於主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比,附屬於側鏈的括號之數值表示重複單元的重複數。重量平均分子量為20000。 [化學式30]

Figure 02_image061
Resin L: A compound having the following structure. The numerical value in the parentheses attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the numerical value in the parentheses attached to the side chain indicates the repeating number of the repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 20,000. [Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image061

(顏料分散液P-Z) 均勻地攪拌並混合下述組成的混合物之後,使用直徑1mm的二氧化鋯珠,Eiger Motor Mill(EIGER CO., Ltd.製“ Mini Model M-250MKII”)進行了5小時的分散。然後,使用孔徑5μm的過濾器進行過濾而製作了顏料分散液P-Z。 •C.I.顏料黃 139  13.33質量份 •顏料衍生物(上述結構的顏料衍生物2A)      1.67質量份 •第1分散劑(上述結構的樹脂K)             2.50質量份 •第2分散劑(上述結構的樹脂L)             2.50質量份 •PGMEA                                   80.00質量份(Pigment dispersion P-Z) After uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 1 mm, Eiger Motor Mill ("Mini Model M-250MKII" manufactured by EIGER CO., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, filtration was performed using a filter having a pore diameter of 5 μm to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid P-Z. •C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 13.33 parts by mass •Pigment derivative (Pigment derivative 2A of the above structure) 1.67 parts by mass • The first dispersant (resin K of the above structure) 2.50 parts by mass • The second dispersant (resin L of the above structure) 2.50 parts by mass •PGMEA 80.00 parts by mass

<著色組成物的製備> (實施例1的著色組成物) 混合并攪拌以下所示之原料之後,使用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製)進行過濾,藉此製備了固體成分濃度19.05質量%的著色組成物。另外,藉由PGMEA的配合量調整了著色組成物的固體成分濃度。 •顏料分散液P-R                             65質量份 •光自由基聚合起始劑(起始劑1)              2質量份 •樹脂(樹脂A)                            5.5質量份 •含有呋喃基之化合物(F1)                  5.5質量份 •自由基聚合性單體(M1)                   2.6質量份 •PGMEA                                    殘餘部分<Preparation of coloring composition> (The coloring composition of Example 1) After mixing and stirring the raw materials shown below, filtration was performed using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a colored composition with a solid content concentration of 19.05% by mass. In addition, the solid content concentration of the coloring composition was adjusted by the blending amount of PGMEA. •Pigment dispersion liquid P-R 65 parts by mass • Initiator for light radical polymerization (initiator 1) 2 parts by mass •Resin (Resin A) 5.5 parts by mass • Compounds containing furan group (F1) 5.5 parts by mass • Radical polymerizable monomer (M1) 2.6 parts by mass •PGMEA Residual part

(實施例2~23及比較例1~2的著色組成物) 如下述表1所記載那樣分別變更顏料分散液、光自由基聚合起始劑、樹脂、含有呋喃基之化合物、自由基聚合性單體及溶劑的種類及含量(質量份),並以與實施例1相同的方式製備了著色組成物。藉由溶劑的配合量調整了各著色組成物的固體成分濃度(質量%。記載於“固體成分量”欄中。)。又,表2中,對於各著色組成物示出M/I比(質量比)、M/IA1 比(質量比)、及顏料濃度(質量%:顏料的含量相對於固體成分量的比例)。(The coloring compositions of Examples 2 to 23 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2) The pigment dispersion, photoradical polymerization initiator, resin, furan group-containing compound, and radical polymerizability were changed as described in Table 1 below. The types and contents (parts by mass) of monomers and solvents, and a coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. The solid content concentration of each coloring composition (mass %. It is described in the "solid content" column.) was adjusted by the blending amount of the solvent. In addition, Table 2 shows the M/I ratio (mass ratio), M/I A1 ratio (mass ratio), and pigment concentration (mass %: the ratio of the content of the pigment to the solid content) for each coloring composition. .

<硬化膜的製作> 使用旋塗機,以乾燥後的完成膜厚成為2.0μm之方式,將實施例1~23的各著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥了2分鐘。然後,使用超高壓水銀燈,在曝光照度20mW/cm2 、曝光量1J/cm2 條件下實施了i射線曝光。然後,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,放置冷卻後,獲得了帶有硬化膜的評價用基板。<Preparation of cured film> Using a spin coater, each colored composition of Examples 1 to 23 was coated on a glass substrate so that the finished film thickness after drying became 2.0 μm, and then placed on a hot plate at 100°C It dried for 2 minutes. Then, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, i-ray exposure was performed under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Then, it heated on a 100 degreeC hotplate for 20 minutes, and after leaving to cool, the evaluation board|substrate with a cured film was obtained.

使用旋塗機,以乾燥後的完成膜厚成為2.0μm之方式,將比較例1及比較例2的各著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥了2分鐘。然後,使用超高壓水銀燈,在曝光照度20mW/cm2 、曝光量50mJ/cm2 的條件下實施了i射線曝光。然後,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,放置冷卻後,獲得了帶有硬化膜的評價用基板。Using a spin coater, each coloring composition of Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2 was coated on a glass substrate so that the finished film thickness after drying became 2.0 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 2 minutes . Then, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, i-ray exposure was performed under the conditions of an exposure illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 . Then, it heated on a 100 degreeC hotplate for 20 minutes, and after leaving to cool, the evaluation board|substrate with a cured film was obtained.

在上述實施例及比較例的硬化膜的製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中為20~100℃的範圍。In the production of the cured films of the above-mentioned Examples and Comparative Examples, the temperature of the substrate was in the range of 20-100°C in the entire process.

[表1] 顏料分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 含氟基之化合物 單體 溶劑 固體成分量 固體成分中的起始劑比率 種類 含量 A1 含量 A2 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 實施例1 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例2 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F2 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例3 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 6.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.25 10.4% 實施例4 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂B 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.5 10.8% 實施例5 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 11 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.6 10.2% 實施例6 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂B 11 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.5 10.8% 實施例7 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - A/B=5/5 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.775 10.7% 實施例8 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1/M2=5/5 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例9 P-R 65 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA/PGME =5/5 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例10 P-R 65 起始劑2 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例11 P-R 65 起始劑3 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例12 P-R 65 起始劑6 2 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例13 P-R 65 起始劑1 1 起始劑4 1 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例14 P-R 65 起始劑1 1 起始劑5 1 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例15 P-R 65 起始劑7 1 起始劑4 1 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例16 P-R 65 起始劑1 1 起始劑7 1 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% 實施例17 P-G 50 起始劑1 2 - - 樹脂B 9 F1 15 M1 4 PGMEA 20.4 18.8 10.6% 實施例18 P-B 23 起始劑1 2.2 - - 樹脂B 30 F1 16 M1 6 PGMEA 22.8 21.724 10.1% 實施例19 P-R 65 起始劑1 3 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 18.4 20.05 15.0% 實施例20 P-R 65 起始劑1 2.5 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 18.9 19.55 12.8% 實施例21 P-R 65 起始劑1 1.5 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.9 18.55 8.1% 實施例22 P-R 65 起始劑1 1 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 20.4 18.05 5.5% 實施例23 P-R 65 起始劑1 0.6 - - 樹脂A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 20.8 17.65 3.4% 比較例1 P-R 65 起始劑1 0.1 - - 樹脂A 6.5 F1 6.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.3 17.65 0.6% 比較例2 P-R 65 起始劑1 0.1 - - 樹脂A 13 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.3 18.3 0.5% [Table 1] Pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin Fluorine-containing compounds monomer Solvent Solid content Initiator ratio in solid content species content A1 content A2 content species content species content species content species content Example 1 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 2 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F2 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 3 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 6.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.25 10.4% Example 4 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin B 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.5 10.8% Example 5 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 11 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.6 10.2% Example 6 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin B 11 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.5 10.8% Example 7 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - A/B=5/5 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 18.775 10.7% Example 8 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1/M2=5/5 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 9 PR 65 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA/PGME =5/5 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 10 PR 65 Initiator 2 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 11 PR 65 Initiator 3 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 12 PR 65 Starter 6 2 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 13 PR 65 Initiator 1 1 Initiator 4 1 Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 14 PR 65 Initiator 1 1 Starter 5 1 Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 15 PR 65 Initiator 7 1 Initiator 4 1 Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 16 PR 65 Initiator 1 1 Initiator 7 1 Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.4 19.05 10.5% Example 17 PG 50 Initiator 1 2 - - Resin B 9 F1 15 M1 4 PGMEA 20.4 18.8 10.6% Example 18 PB twenty three Initiator 1 2.2 - - Resin B 30 F1 16 M1 6 PGMEA 22.8 21.724 10.1% Example 19 PR 65 Initiator 1 3 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 18.4 20.05 15.0% Example 20 PR 65 Initiator 1 2.5 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 18.9 19.55 12.8% Example 21 PR 65 Initiator 1 1.5 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.9 18.55 8.1% Example 22 PR 65 Initiator 1 1 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 20.4 18.05 5.5% Example 23 PR 65 Initiator 1 0.6 - - Resin A 5.5 F1 5.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 20.8 17.65 3.4% Comparative example 1 PR 65 Initiator 1 0.1 - - Resin A 6.5 F1 6.5 M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.3 17.65 0.6% Comparative example 2 PR 65 Initiator 1 0.1 - - Resin A 13 - - M1 2.6 PGMEA 19.3 18.3 0.5%

[表2] M/I比 M/IA1 顏料濃度 評價結果 穩定性 實施例1 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例2 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例3 1.3 1.3 39.0% 5 實施例4 1.3 1.3 40.5% 4 實施例5 1.3 1.3 38.3% 4 實施例6 1.3 1.3 40.5% 4 實施例7 1.3 1.3 40.0% 5 實施例8 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例9 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例10 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例11 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例12 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 實施例13 1.3 2.6 39.4% 5 實施例14 1.3 2.6 39.4% 5 實施例15 1.3 2.6 39.4% 4 實施例16 1.3 2.6 39.4% 4 實施例17 2.0 2.0 31.0% 5 實施例18 2.7 2.7 13.6% 5 實施例19 0.9 0.9 37.4% 5 實施例20 1.0 1.0 38.4% 5 實施例21 1.7 1.7 40.4% 4 實施例22 2.6 2.6 41.6% 3 實施例23 4.3 4.3 42.5% 2 比較例1 26.0 26.0 42.5% 1 比較例2 26.0 26.0 41.0% 1 [Table 2] M/I ratio M/I A1 ratio Pigment concentration Evaluation results stability Example 1 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 2 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 3 1.3 1.3 39.0% 5 Example 4 1.3 1.3 40.5% 4 Example 5 1.3 1.3 38.3% 4 Example 6 1.3 1.3 40.5% 4 Example 7 1.3 1.3 40.0% 5 Example 8 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 9 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 10 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 11 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 12 1.3 1.3 39.4% 5 Example 13 1.3 2.6 39.4% 5 Example 14 1.3 2.6 39.4% 5 Example 15 1.3 2.6 39.4% 4 Example 16 1.3 2.6 39.4% 4 Example 17 2.0 2.0 31.0% 5 Example 18 2.7 2.7 13.6% 5 Example 19 0.9 0.9 37.4% 5 Example 20 1.0 1.0 38.4% 5 Example 21 1.7 1.7 40.4% 4 Example 22 2.6 2.6 41.6% 3 Example 23 4.3 4.3 42.5% 2 Comparative example 1 26.0 26.0 42.5% 1 Comparative example 2 26.0 26.0 41.0% 1

上述表中所記載之原料如下所述。The raw materials listed in the above table are as follows.

(光自由基聚合起始劑) •起始劑1:IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製、下述結構的化合物、甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數為7749mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A1。) •起始劑2:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製、下述結構的化合物、甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數為6969mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A1。) 起始劑3:下述結構的化合物(甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數為18900mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A1。) •起始劑4:IRGACURE-2959(BASF公司製、下述結構的化合物、甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數為48.93mL/gcm,波長254nm中的吸光係數為3.0×104 mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A2。) •起始劑5:IRGACURE-184(BASF公司製、下述結構的化合物、甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數為88.64mL/gcm,波長254nm中的吸光係數為3.3×104 mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A2。) 起始劑6:下述結構的化合物(甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數為13200mL/gcm。對應於光聚合起始劑A1。) •起始劑7:下述結構的化合物(Photo-radical polymerization initiator) •Initiator 1: IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, a compound with the following structure, the absorbance coefficient at 365 nm in methanol is 7749 mL/gcm. Corresponding to the photopolymerization initiator A1.) • Initiator 2: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, a compound with the following structure, the absorbance coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 6969 mL/gcm. It corresponds to the photopolymerization initiator A1.) Initiator 3: Compound of the following structure (The absorbance coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 18900 mL/gcm. It corresponds to the photopolymerization initiator A1.) • Initiator 4: IRGACURE-2959 (manufactured by BASF, the following structure The absorbance coefficient of the compound, methanol at a wavelength of 365nm is 48.93mL/gcm, and the absorbance coefficient at a wavelength of 254nm is 3.0×10 4 mL/gcm. It corresponds to the photopolymerization initiator A2.) •Initiator 5: IRGACURE -184 (manufactured by BASF, a compound with the following structure, the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 88.64 mL/gcm, and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm is 3.3×10 4 mL/gcm. Corresponding to the photopolymerization initiator A2.) Initiator 6: A compound of the following structure (The absorption coefficient of light with a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 13200 mL/gcm. It corresponds to the photopolymerization initiator A1.) • Initiator 7: A compound of the following structure

[化學式31]

Figure 02_image063
[Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image063

(樹脂) •樹脂A:為藉由下述方法合成之樹脂。 在具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴加管及攪拌裝置之分離式4口燒瓶中裝入環己酮70.0質量份,並升溫至80℃,在燒瓶內以氮氣進行置換之後,藉由滴加管,經2小時滴加了甲基丙烯酸正丁酯13.3質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯4.6質量份、甲基丙烯酸4.3質量份、對枯基苯酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製、ARONIX M110)7.4質量份及2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈0.4質量份的混合物。滴加結束後,進一步繼續反應3小時而獲得了樹脂A(Mw=26000)的30質量%溶液。(Resin) • Resin A: It is a resin synthesized by the following method. A separate 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device was charged with 70.0 parts by mass of cyclohexanone, and the temperature was raised to 80°C. After replacing the flask with nitrogen, In the dropping tube, 13.3 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 4.6 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 4.3 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and p-cumylphenol ethylene oxide modified acrylic acid were added dropwise over 2 hours. A mixture of 7.4 parts by mass of ester (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., ARONIX M110) and 0.4 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain a 30% by mass solution of resin A (Mw=26000).

•樹脂B:為藉由下述方法合成之樹脂。 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、回流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入PGMEA90.0質量份,並且一邊將氮氣注入到容器中一邊加熱至60℃,並以相同溫度經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸10.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯45.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯45.0質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈2.5質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束後,使其在60℃下進一步反應1小時之後,添加使2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈0.5質量份溶解於PGMEA 10.0質量份而得者,然後在相同溫度下繼續攪拌3小時而獲得了共聚物。冷卻至室溫後,用PGMEA稀釋,藉此獲得了不揮發成分20質量%的包含鹼可溶性官能基之樹脂B的溶液。樹脂B的重量平均分子量為27000。• Resin B: It is a resin synthesized by the following method. Put 90.0 parts by mass of PGMEA in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dripping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and heat to 60°C while injecting nitrogen into the vessel, and heat it at the same temperature for 2 A mixture of 10.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 45.0 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 45.0 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 2.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise and polymerization reaction . After the dripping was completed, the reaction was further carried out at 60°C for 1 hour, and then 0.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved in 10.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, and then stirring was continued at the same temperature The copolymer was obtained in 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with PGMEA, thereby obtaining a solution of resin B containing an alkali-soluble functional group with a non-volatile content of 20% by mass. The weight average molecular weight of resin B is 27,000.

(含有呋喃基之化合物) •F1:為藉由下述方法合成之含有呋喃基之化合物。 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、回流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入PGMEA90.0質量份,並且一邊將氮氣注入到容器中一邊加熱至60℃,並以相同溫度經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸糠醇酯50.0質量份、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸26.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯23.3質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)2.5質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束後,使其在60℃下進一步反應1小時之後,添加使2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.5質量份溶解於PGMEA10.0質量份而得者,然後在相同溫度下繼續攪拌3小時而獲得了共聚物。冷卻至室溫後,用PGMEA稀釋,藉此獲得了含有呋喃基之化合物F1(Mw=52000)的20質量%溶液。(Compounds containing furan group) • F1: It is a furyl-containing compound synthesized by the following method. Put 90.0 parts by mass of PGMEA in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dripping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and heat to 60°C while injecting nitrogen into the vessel, and heat it at the same temperature for 2 50.0 parts by mass of furfuryl methacrylate, 26.7 parts by mass of 2-methacryloxyethyl succinic acid, 23.3 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 2,2'-azobis( 2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile) 2.5 parts by mass of the mixture was polymerized. After the dropwise addition was completed, it was further reacted at 60°C for 1 hour, and 0.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was added and dissolved in 10.0 parts by mass of PGMEA Then, stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature to obtain a copolymer. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with PGMEA, thereby obtaining a 20% by mass solution of furyl-containing compound F1 (Mw=52000).

•F2:為藉由下述方法合成之含有呋喃基之化合物。 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、滴加裝置、回流冷卻器、氣體導入管之反應容器中放入PGMEA90.0質量份,並且一邊將氮氣注入到容器中一邊加熱至60℃,並以相同溫度經2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸糠醇酯50.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸10質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯40.0質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)5.0質量份的混合物並進行了聚合反應。滴加結束後,使其在60℃下進一步反應1小時之後,添加使2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)1.0質量份溶解於PGMEA10.0質量份而得者,然後在相同溫度下繼續攪拌3小時而獲得了共聚物。冷卻至室溫後,用PGMEA稀釋,藉此獲得了含有呋喃基之化合物F2(Mw=26000)的20質量%溶液。• F2: It is a furyl-containing compound synthesized by the following method. Put 90.0 parts by mass of PGMEA in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dripping device, a reflux cooler, and a gas introduction tube, and heat to 60°C while injecting nitrogen into the vessel, and heat it at the same temperature for 2 50.0 parts by mass of furfuryl methacrylate, 10 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 40.0 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) The mixture was polymerized. After the dropwise addition is completed, it is further reacted at 60°C for 1 hour, and then 1.0 part by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) is dissolved in 10.0 part by mass of PGMEA. Then, stirring was continued for 3 hours at the same temperature to obtain a copolymer. After cooling to room temperature, it was diluted with PGMEA, thereby obtaining a 20% by mass solution of furyl-containing compound F2 (Mw=26000).

(自由基聚合性單體) •M1:ARONIX  M-402(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物) •M2:下述結構的化合物(a+b+c=3) [化學式32]

Figure 02_image064
(Free radical polymerizable monomer) •M1: ARONIX M-402 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., a mixture of dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dineopentaerythritol pentaacrylate) •M2: the following structure Compound of (a+b+c=3) [Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image064

(溶劑) •PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 •PGME:丙二醇甲醚(Solvent) •PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate •PGME: Propylene glycol methyl ether

(實施例24~36及比較例3) 使用與在實施例1中製備之著色組成物相同組成的著色組成物,在表3所示之各種曝光照度、曝光量及環境環境下,分別實施了i射線曝光。另外,表中的“氮氣環境”為用氮氣置換大氣直至氧濃度成為50ppm以下之環境。然後,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,放置冷卻後,獲得了帶有硬化膜的評價用基板。(實施例24~36及比較例3)在上述實施例的硬化膜的製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中為100℃以下。(Examples 24 to 36 and Comparative Example 3) Using the coloring composition of the same composition as the coloring composition prepared in Example 1, the i-ray exposure was carried out under various exposure illuminance, exposure amount and environmental environment shown in Table 3. In addition, the "nitrogen environment" in the table is an environment in which the atmosphere is replaced with nitrogen until the oxygen concentration becomes 50 ppm or less. Then, it heated on a 100 degreeC hotplate for 20 minutes, and after leaving to cool, the evaluation board|substrate with a cured film was obtained. (Examples 24 to 36 and Comparative Example 3) In the production of the cured film of the above examples, the temperature of the substrate was 100° C. or less in the entire process.

[表3] 曝光照度 [mW/cm2 ] 曝光量 [mJ/cm2 ] 曝光環境 評價結果 穩定性 比較例3 20 50 大氣 1 實施例24 20 200 3 實施例25 20 800 4 實施例26 20 1000 5 實施例27 50 1000 5 實施例28 1000 1000 5 實施例29 2000 1000 5 實施例30 3000 1000 5 實施例31 1000 3000 5 實施例32 1000 6000 5 實施例33 1000 10000 5 實施例34 20 200 氮氣環境 4 實施例35 20 800 5 實施例36 20 1000 5 [table 3] Exposure illuminance [mW/cm 2 ] Exposure amount [mJ/cm 2 ] Exposure environment Evaluation results stability Comparative example 3 20 50 atmosphere 1 Example 24 20 200 3 Example 25 20 800 4 Example 26 20 1000 5 Example 27 50 1000 5 Example 28 1000 1000 5 Example 29 2000 1000 5 Example 30 3000 1000 5 Example 31 1000 3000 5 Example 32 1000 6000 5 Example 33 1000 10000 5 Example 34 20 200 Nitrogen environment 4 Example 35 20 800 5 Example 36 20 1000 5

<實施例37~41> 使用藉由下述方法製備之著色組成物,藉由與實施例1相同的方法,製作硬化膜而獲得了評價用基板(實施例37)。又,如下述表4所記載那樣變更實施例37中的顏料衍生物的含量,藉由與實施例37相同的方法,製備著色組成物并製作硬化膜,從而獲得了評價用基板(實施例38~41)。在上述實施例的硬化膜的製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中為100℃以下。<Examples 37-41> Using the colored composition prepared by the following method, a cured film was prepared by the same method as in Example 1, and a substrate for evaluation (Example 37) was obtained. In addition, as described in Table 4 below, the content of the pigment derivative in Example 37 was changed, and a colored composition was prepared and a cured film was prepared by the same method as in Example 37 to obtain a substrate for evaluation (Example 38 ~41). In the production of the cured film of the foregoing embodiment, the temperature of the substrate is 100° C. or less in the entire process.

(實施例37的著色組成物) 使用珠磨機(直徑0.1mm的二氧化鋯珠)對混合下述原料而成之混合液進行3小時混合及分散,從而製備了顏料分散液。然後,使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.製),在壓力2000kg/cm3 及流量500g/min的條件下進行了分散處理。將該分散處理全部重複進行至10次,從而獲得了顏料分散液P-B2。 顏料分散液P-B2的原料: •C.I.顏料藍 15:6(PB15:6)         9.6質量份 •C.I.顏料紫 23(PV23)               2.4質量份 •顏料衍生物2B                       1.0質量份 •分散劑2                            4.7質量份 •PGMEA                           82.3質量份(Coloring composition of Example 37) A bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 mm) was used to mix and disperse the following raw materials for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. Then, using a high-pressure dispersion machine NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism, the dispersion treatment was performed under the conditions of a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated all up to 10 times to obtain pigment dispersion liquid P-B2. Raw materials of pigment dispersion P-B2: • CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 (PB15: 6) 9.6 parts by mass • CI Pigment Violet 23 (PV23) 2.4 parts by mass • Pigment derivative 2B 1.0 parts by mass • Dispersant 2 4.7 parts by mass • PGMEA 82.3 parts by mass

•顏料衍生物2B:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式33]

Figure 02_image066
•Pigment Derivative 2B: A compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image066

•分散劑2:具有下述結構之化合物。附記於主鏈上之數值為各重複單元的莫耳比,附記於側鏈上之數值為各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式34]

Figure 02_image068
• Dispersant 2: A compound with the following structure. The value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the value attached to the side chain is the repeating number of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image068

接著,攪拌混合了下述原料之混合液之後,使用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製)進行過濾,獲得了實施例37的著色組成物。 實施例37的著色組成物的原料: •顏料分散液P-B2                    54.1質量份 •樹脂2(40質量%PGMEA溶液)      1.0質量份 •聚合性單體2                        0.9質量份 •光聚合起始劑10                     0.6質量份 •界面活性劑2(1質量%PGMEA溶液) 4.2質量份 •紫外線吸收劑2                      0.1質量份 •環氧樹脂2                          0.1質量份 •PGMEA                            39.0質量份Next, after stirring and mixing the mixture of the following raw materials, it filtered using the nylon filter (made by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore diameter of 0.45 micrometers, and the colored composition of Example 37 was obtained. Raw materials of the coloring composition of Example 37: •Pigment dispersion liquid P-B2 54.1 parts by mass • Resin 2 (40% by mass PGMEA solution) 1.0 parts by mass •Polymerizable monomer 2 0.9 parts by mass •Photopolymerization initiator 10 0.6 parts by mass • Surfactant 2 (1% by mass PGMEA solution) 4.2 parts by mass • Ultraviolet absorber 2 0.1 parts by mass •Epoxy resin 2 0.1 parts by mass •PGMEA 39.0 parts by mass

•樹脂2:具有下述結構之化合物。附加在主鏈上之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。 [化學式35]

Figure 02_image070
• Resin 2: A compound having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image070

•聚合性單體2:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式36]

Figure 02_image072
• Polymerizable monomer 2: A compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image072

•光聚合起始劑10:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式37]

Figure 02_image074
• Photopolymerization initiator 10: a compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image074

•界面活性劑2:分別具有下述結構之2種化合物的混合物(Mw=14000、以質量%記載) [化學式38]

Figure 02_image076
• Surfactant 2: A mixture of two compounds each having the following structure (Mw=14000, written in mass %) [Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image076

•紫外線吸收劑2:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式39]

Figure 02_image078
•Ultraviolet absorber 2: a compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image078

•環氧樹脂2:EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation製、2,2’-雙(羥甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧-4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物)•Epoxy resin 2: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxiranyl)cyclohexane of 2,2'-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol) Adduct)

[表4] PB15:6 PV23 顏料衍生物的含量 評價結果 穩定性 實施例37 9.6 2.4 1 3 實施例38 9.6 2.4 0.75 3 實施例39 9.6 2.4 0.5 4 實施例40 9.6 2.4 0.25 5 實施例41 9.6 2.4 0.1 5 [Table 4] PB15:6 PV23 The content of pigment derivatives Evaluation results stability Example 37 9.6 2.4 1 3 Example 38 9.6 2.4 0.75 3 Example 39 9.6 2.4 0.5 4 Example 40 9.6 2.4 0.25 5 Example 41 9.6 2.4 0.1 5

<實施例42~55> 如下述表5所記載那樣分別變更顏料分散液、光自由基聚合起始劑、樹脂、含有呋喃基之化合物、自由基聚合性單體及溶劑的種類及含量,並以與實施例1相同的方式製備了實施例42~55之著色組成物。藉由溶劑的配合量調整了各著色組成物的固體成分濃度(質量%。記載於“固體成分量”欄中。)。又,表6中,對於各著色組成物示出M/I比(質量比)、M/IA1 比(質量比)、及顏料濃度。然後,使用如上所述那樣製備之著色組成物,藉由與實施例1相同的方法,製作硬化膜而獲得了評價用基板(實施例42~55)。在上述實施例的硬化膜的製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中為100℃以下。<Examples 42 to 55> As described in Table 5 below, the types and contents of the pigment dispersion, photoradical polymerization initiator, resin, furan group-containing compound, radical polymerizable monomer, and solvent were changed as described in Table 5 below, and In the same manner as in Example 1, the colored compositions of Examples 42 to 55 were prepared. The solid content concentration of each coloring composition (mass %. It is described in the "solid content" column.) was adjusted by the blending amount of the solvent. In addition, in Table 6, the M/I ratio (mass ratio), M/I A1 ratio (mass ratio), and pigment concentration are shown for each coloring composition. Then, using the colored composition prepared as described above, a cured film was produced by the same method as in Example 1 to obtain evaluation substrates (Examples 42 to 55). In the production of the cured film of the foregoing embodiment, the temperature of the substrate is 100° C. or less in the entire process.

[表5] 第1顏料 分散液 第2顏料 分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 含氟基之 化合物 單體 添加劑 界面活性劑 溶劑 固體成分量 固體成分中的起始劑比率 種類 含量 種類 含量 A1 含量 A2 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 實施例42 P-X 65.00 - - 起始劑1 0.60 - - 樹脂A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% 實施例43 P-Y 65.00 - - 起始劑1 0.60 - - 樹脂A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% 實施例44 P-Z 65.00 - - 起始劑1 0.60 - - 樹脂A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% 實施例45 P-X 60.00 P-Z 5.00 起始劑1 0.60 - - 樹脂A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% 實施例46 P-X 67.52 P-Z 6.75 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂A 5.87 - - M1 0.36 E1 0.36 G1 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% 實施例47 P-X 67.52 P-Z 6.75 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂B 8.80 - - M2 0.36 E1 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 15.54 18.00 3.2% 實施例48 P-X 67.52 P-Z 6.75 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂C 5.87 - - M2 0.36 E2 0.36 G1 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% 實施例49 P-X 67.52 P-Z 6.75 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂 PA-1 5.87 - - M3 0.36 E2 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% 實施例50 P-X 47.26 P-Z 4.73 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂 PA-1 20.72 - - M3 0.36 E2 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 25.90 18.00 3.2% 實施例51 P-X 75.66 P-Z 7.56 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂 PA-1 1.13 - - M3 0.18 E2 0.18 G2 0.09 PGMEA 14.67 18.00 3.2% 實施例52 P-Y 60.77 P-Z 13.50 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂A 2.81 - - M4 1.53 E1 0.18 G1 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2% 實施例53 P-Y 60.77 P-Z 13.50 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂B 4.21 - - M5 1.53 E1 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 19.22 18.00 3.2% 實施例54 P-Y 60.77 P-Z 13.50 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂C 2.81 - - M4/M5 =5/5 1.53 E2 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2% 實施例55 P-Y 60.77 P-Z 13.50 起始劑1 0.58 - - 樹脂 PA-1 2.81 - - M4/M5 =5/5 1.53 E2 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2% [table 5] The first pigment dispersion The second pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin Fluorine-containing compounds monomer additive Surfactant Solvent Solid content Initiator ratio in solid content species content species content A1 content A2 content species content species content species content species content species content species content Example 42 PX 65.00 - - Initiator 1 0.60 - - Resin A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% Example 43 PY 65.00 - - Initiator 1 0.60 - - Resin A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% Example 44 PZ 65.00 - - Initiator 1 0.60 - - Resin A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% Example 45 PX 60.00 PZ 5.00 Initiator 1 0.60 - - Resin A 5.50 F1 5.50 M1 2.60 - - - - PGMEA 20.80 18.95 3.2% Example 46 PX 67.52 PZ 6.75 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin A 5.87 - - M1 0.36 E1 0.36 G1 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% Example 47 PX 67.52 PZ 6.75 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin B 8.80 - - M2 0.36 E1 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 15.54 18.00 3.2% Example 48 PX 67.52 PZ 6.75 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin C 5.87 - - M2 0.36 E2 0.36 G1 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% Example 49 PX 67.52 PZ 6.75 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin PA-1 5.87 - - M3 0.36 E2 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 18.48 18.00 3.2% Example 50 PX 47.26 PZ 4.73 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin PA-1 20.72 - - M3 0.36 E2 0.36 G2 0.09 PGMEA 25.90 18.00 3.2% Example 51 PX 75.66 PZ 7.56 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin PA-1 1.13 - - M3 0.18 E2 0.18 G2 0.09 PGMEA 14.67 18.00 3.2% Example 52 PY 60.77 PZ 13.50 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin A 2.81 - - M4 1.53 E1 0.18 G1 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2% Example 53 PY 60.77 PZ 13.50 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin B 4.21 - - M5 1.53 E1 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 19.22 18.00 3.2% Example 54 PY 60.77 PZ 13.50 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin C 2.81 - - M4/M5 =5/5 1.53 E2 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2% Example 55 PY 60.77 PZ 13.50 Initiator 1 0.58 - - Resin PA-1 2.81 - - M4/M5 =5/5 1.53 E2 0.18 G2 0.018 PGMEA 20.62 18.00 3.2%

[表6] M/I比 M/IA1 顏料濃度 評價結果 穩定性 實施例42 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 實施例43 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 實施例44 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 實施例45 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 實施例46 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 實施例47 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 實施例48 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 實施例49 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 實施例50 0.6 0.6 38.5% 2 實施例51 0.3 0.3 61.6% 2 實施例52 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 實施例53 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 實施例54 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 實施例55 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 實施例56 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 [Table 6] M/I ratio M/I A1 ratio Pigment concentration Evaluation results stability Example 42 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 Example 43 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 Example 44 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 Example 45 4.3 4.3 45.7% 2 Example 46 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 Example 47 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 Example 48 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 Example 49 0.6 0.6 55.0% 2 Example 50 0.6 0.6 38.5% 2 Example 51 0.3 0.3 61.6% 2 Example 52 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 Example 53 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 Example 54 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 Example 55 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2 Example 56 2.7 2.7 55.0% 2

在上述表5中,新示出之原料的規格為如下。In the above Table 5, the specifications of the newly shown raw materials are as follows.

(樹脂) •樹脂C:使下述結構的化合物(Mw=11000)溶於PGMEA而得之溶液。固體成分量為30質量%。附加在主鏈上之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。 [化學式40]

Figure 02_image080
•樹脂PA-1:為與對上述顏料分散液進行說明之樹脂PA-1相同的溶液。(Resin) •Resin C: A solution obtained by dissolving a compound of the following structure (Mw=11000) in PGMEA. The solid content is 30% by mass. The numerical value attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image080
• Resin PA-1: It is the same solution as the resin PA-1 described above for the pigment dispersion.

(自由基聚合性單體) •M3:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式41]

Figure 02_image082
•M4:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式42]
Figure 02_image084
•M5:具有下述結構之化合物 [化學式43]
Figure 02_image085
(Radical polymerizable monomer) • M3: a compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image082
•M4: A compound with the following structure [Chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image084
•M5: A compound with the following structure [Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image085

(添加劑) •E1:EPICLON N-695(DIC Corporation製) •E2:EHPE 3150(Daicel Corporation製) (界面活性劑) •G1:MEGAFACE  F-781F(DIC Corporation製) •G2:KF-6001(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製)(additive) • E1: EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) • E2: EHPE 3150 (made by Daicel Corporation) (Interface active agent) • G1: MEGAFACE F-781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) • G2: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

<實施例56~86> <<顏料分散液的製備>> 如表7所示,均勻地攪拌並混合各組成的混合物之後,藉由與顏料分散液P-R的情況相同的方法製作了各種顏料分散液。<Examples 56 to 86> <<Preparation of pigment dispersion>> As shown in Table 7, after uniformly stirring and mixing the mixture of each composition, various pigment dispersion liquids were prepared by the same method as in the case of the pigment dispersion liquid P-R.

[表7] 分散液 第1著色劑 第2著色劑 第3著色劑 顏料衍生物 分散劑 溶劑 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 P-R11 PR177 14.00 - - - - 顏料衍生物3 1.40 樹脂M 4.60 PGMEA 80.00 P-R12 PR254 10.50 PY139 4.5 - - 顏料衍生物4 2.00 樹脂M 5.50 PGMEA 77.50 P-K11 PY139 14.20 - - - - 顏料衍生物3 1.42 樹脂M 9.38 PGMEA 75.00 P-K12 PY150 12.00 - - - - 顏料衍生物3 1.20 樹脂M 6.80 PGMEA 80.00 P-G11 PG36 7.40 PY185 5.20 - - 顏料衍生物2A 1.40 樹脂N 4.86 PGMEA 81.14 P-G12 PG7 10.40 - - - - 顏料衍生物2A 2.60 樹脂N 6.50 PGMEA 80.50 P-G13 PG36 8.90 PG7 2.20 PY139 3.90 顏料衍生物3 1.50 樹脂M 9.50 PGMEA 74.00 P-G14 PG36 12.60 - - - - 顏料衍生物2A 1.26 樹脂N 5.04 PGMEA 81.10 P-B11 PB15:6 9.50 PV23 5.00 - - - - 樹脂N 5.50 PGMEA 80.00 P-B12 PB15:6 12.00 PV23 3.00 - - 顏料衍生物2A 2.70 樹脂N 4.80 PGMEA 77.50 P-B13 PB15:6 20.00 - - - - - - 樹脂O 分散劑D 2.40 2.40 PGMEA 175.20 [Table 7] Dispersions The first colorant Second colorant 3rd colorant Pigment derivatives Dispersant Solvent species content species content species content species content species content species content P-R11 PR177 14.00 - - - - Pigment derivatives 3 1.40 Resin M 4.60 PGMEA 80.00 P-R12 PR254 10.50 PY139 4.5 - - Pigment derivatives 4 2.00 Resin M 5.50 PGMEA 77.50 P-K11 PY139 14.20 - - - - Pigment derivatives 3 1.42 Resin M 9.38 PGMEA 75.00 P-K12 PY150 12.00 - - - - Pigment derivatives 3 1.20 Resin M 6.80 PGMEA 80.00 P-G11 PG36 7.40 PY185 5.20 - - Pigment Derivative 2A 1.40 Resin N 4.86 PGMEA 81.14 P-G12 PG7 10.40 - - - - Pigment Derivative 2A 2.60 Resin N 6.50 PGMEA 80.50 P-G13 PG36 8.90 PG7 2.20 PY139 3.90 Pigment derivatives 3 1.50 Resin M 9.50 PGMEA 74.00 P-G14 PG36 12.60 - - - - Pigment Derivative 2A 1.26 Resin N 5.04 PGMEA 81.10 P-B11 PB15:6 9.50 PV23 5.00 - - - - Resin N 5.50 PGMEA 80.00 P-B12 PB15:6 12.00 PV23 3.00 - - Pigment Derivative 2A 2.70 Resin N 4.80 PGMEA 77.50 P-B13 PB15:6 20.00 - - - - - - Resin O Dispersant D 2.40 2.40 PGMEA 175.20

在上述表7中,原料的規格如下所述。In Table 7 above, the specifications of the raw materials are as follows.

(著色劑) •PR177:C.I.顏料紅 177 •PR254:C.I.顏料紅 254 •PY139:C.I.顏料黃 139 •PY150:C.I.顏料黃 150 •PY185:C.I.顏料黃 185 •PG7:C.I.顏料綠 7 •PG36:C.I.顏料綠 36 •PB15:6:C.I.顏料藍 15:6 •PV23:C.I.顏料紫 23(Colorant) •PR177: C.I. Pigment Red 177 •PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 •PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 •PY150: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 • PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 •PG7: C.I. Pigment Green 7 •PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 •PB15:6: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 •PV23: C.I. Pigment Violet 23

(顏料衍生物) •顏料衍生物3:具有下述結構之化合物。 [化學式44]

Figure 02_image086
•顏料衍生物4:具有下述結構之化合物。 [化學式45]
Figure 02_image088
(Pigment Derivatives) •Pigment Derivative 3: A compound having the following structure. [Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image086
• Pigment Derivative 4: A compound with the following structure. [Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image088

(分散劑) •樹脂M:具有下述結構之化合物。附屬於括號之數值表示重複單元的重複數。 [化學式46]

Figure 02_image090
•樹脂N:具有下述結構之化合物。附屬於主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比,附屬於側鏈的括號之數值表示重複單元的重複數。重量平均分子量為24000。 [化學式47]
Figure 02_image092
•樹脂O:具有下述結構之化合物。附屬於括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。重量平均分子量為11000。 [化學式48]
Figure 02_image094
•分散劑D:DISPERBYK-161、BYK-Chemie GmbH製。(Dispersant) • Resin M: A compound with the following structure. The value attached to the parenthesis indicates the number of repeating units. [Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image090
• Resin N: A compound having the following structure. The numerical value in the parentheses attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the numerical value in the parentheses attached to the side chain indicates the repeating number of the repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 24,000. [Chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image092
• Resin O: A compound having the following structure. The values attached to parentheses indicate the molar ratio of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 11,000. [Chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image094
• Dispersant D: DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH.

<<著色組成物的製備和硬化膜的製作>> 混合并攪拌下述表8~10所示之原料之後,使用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製)進行過濾,藉此製備了實施例56~86的著色組成物。表中的含量為質量份顯示。藉由溶劑的配合量調整了各著色組成物的固體成分濃度(質量%。記載於“固體成分量”欄中。)。又,表11中,對於各著色組成物示出M/I比(質量比)、M/IA1比(質量比)、及顏料濃度(質量%:顏料的含量相對於固體成分量的比例)。然後,使用如上所述那樣製備之著色組成物,藉由與實施例1相同的方法,製作硬化膜而獲得了評價用基板(實施例56~86)。在上述實施例的硬化膜的製作中,基板的溫度在整個製程中為100℃以下。<<Preparation of colored composition and production of cured film>> After mixing and stirring the raw materials shown in the following Tables 8 to 10, they were filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm, thereby preparing the colored compositions of Examples 56 to 86. The content in the table is shown in parts by mass. The solid content concentration of each coloring composition (mass %. It is described in the "solid content" column.) was adjusted by the blending amount of the solvent. In Table 11, the M/I ratio (mass ratio), M/IA1 ratio (mass ratio), and pigment concentration (mass %: the ratio of the content of the pigment to the solid content) are shown for each coloring composition. Then, using the colored composition prepared as described above, a cured film was produced by the same method as in Example 1 to obtain evaluation substrates (Examples 56 to 86). In the production of the cured film of the foregoing embodiment, the temperature of the substrate is 100° C. or less in the entire process.

[表8] 第1顏料 分散液 第2顏料 分散液 第3顏料 分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 含氟基之 化合物 單體 界面活性劑 溶劑 固體成分量 固體成分中的起始劑比率 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 A1 含量 A2 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 實施例56 P-X 58 P-Z 16.5 - - 起始劑1 0.58 起始劑4 0.62 樹脂A 2.6 F1 3.9 M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 16.5 18.92 6.3% 實施例57 P-R11 64 P-K11 17.8 - - 起始劑1 0.74 起始劑4 0.99 樹脂A 4.4 F1 6.6 M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 3.7 23.82 7.3% 實施例58 P-R12 58 - - - - 起始劑1 1.14 起始劑4 0.99 樹脂A 6.4 F1 9.6 M4 2.42 G1 0.008 PGMEA 21.4 21.45 9.9% 實施例59 P-G11 85 - - - - 起始劑1 1.04 起始劑4 0.77 樹脂A 0.9 F1 1.4 M4 2.04 G1 0.008 PGMEA 8.8 20.44 8.9% 實施例60 P-G12 25 P-K12 43.9 P-G14 8.0 起始劑2 2.00 起始劑4 1.06 樹脂A 5.3 F1 8 M4 5.50 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.2 26.93 11.4% 實施例61 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - 起始劑1 1.15 起始劑4 0.86 樹脂A 2.6 F1 3.9 M4 1.92 G1 0.008 PGMEA 0.3 23.05 8.7% 實施例62 P-B11 51 - - - - 起始劑2 2.17 起始劑4 0.83 樹脂A 4.1 F1 6.2 M4 2.50 G2 0.008 BA 33.2 18.18 16.5% 實施例63 P-B12 10 P-B13 15.8 - - 起始劑2 1.66 起始劑4 1.07 樹脂A 15.5 F1 23.2 M4 6.20 G1 0.008 PGMEA 26.6 22.44 12.2% 實施例64 P-X 58 P-Z 16.5 - - 起始劑1 0.58 起始劑4 0.62 樹脂C 5.2 - - M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% 實施例65 P-X 58 P-Z 16.5 - - 起始劑1 0.58 起始劑4 0.62 樹脂D 5.2 - - M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% 實施例66 P-R11 64 P-K11 17.8 - - 起始劑1 0.74 起始劑4 0.99 樹脂C 8.8 - - M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 5.9 23.82 7.3% 實施例67 P-R11 64 P-K11 12.8 - - 起始劑1 0.74 起始劑4 0.99 樹脂C 12.7 - - M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 6.5 23.84 7.3% 實施例68 P-R12 58 - - - - 起始劑1 1.14 起始劑4 0.99 樹脂C 12.8 - - M4 2.42 G1 0.008 PGMEA 24.6 21.45 9.9% [Table 8] The first pigment dispersion The second pigment dispersion The third pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin Fluorine-containing compounds monomer Surfactant Solvent Solid content Initiator ratio in solid content species content species content species content A1 content A2 content species content species content species content species content species content Example 56 PX 58 PZ 16.5 - - Initiator 1 0.58 Initiator 4 0.62 Resin A 2.6 F1 3.9 M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 16.5 18.92 6.3% Example 57 P-R11 64 P-K11 17.8 - - Initiator 1 0.74 Initiator 4 0.99 Resin A 4.4 F1 6.6 M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 3.7 23.82 7.3% Example 58 P-R12 58 - - - - Initiator 1 1.14 Initiator 4 0.99 Resin A 6.4 F1 9.6 M4 2.42 G1 0.008 PGMEA 21.4 21.45 9.9% Example 59 P-G11 85 - - - - Initiator 1 1.04 Initiator 4 0.77 Resin A 0.9 F1 1.4 M4 2.04 G1 0.008 PGMEA 8.8 20.44 8.9% Example 60 P-G12 25 P-K12 43.9 P-G14 8.0 Initiator 2 2.00 Initiator 4 1.06 Resin A 5.3 F1 8 M4 5.50 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.2 26.93 11.4% Example 61 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - Initiator 1 1.15 Initiator 4 0.86 Resin A 2.6 F1 3.9 M4 1.92 G1 0.008 PGMEA 0.3 23.05 8.7% Example 62 P-B11 51 - - - - Initiator 2 2.17 Initiator 4 0.83 Resin A 4.1 F1 6.2 M4 2.50 G2 0.008 BA 33.2 18.18 16.5% Example 63 P-B12 10 P-B13 15.8 - - Initiator 2 1.66 Initiator 4 1.07 Resin A 15.5 F1 23.2 M4 6.20 G1 0.008 PGMEA 26.6 22.44 12.2% Example 64 PX 58 PZ 16.5 - - Initiator 1 0.58 Initiator 4 0.62 Resin C 5.2 - - M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% Example 65 PX 58 PZ 16.5 - - Initiator 1 0.58 Initiator 4 0.62 Resin D 5.2 - - M4 1.25 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% Example 66 P-R11 64 P-K11 17.8 - - Initiator 1 0.74 Initiator 4 0.99 Resin C 8.8 - - M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 5.9 23.82 7.3% Example 67 P-R11 64 P-K11 12.8 - - Initiator 1 0.74 Initiator 4 0.99 Resin C 12.7 - - M4 2.29 G1 0.008 CyH 6.5 23.84 7.3% Example 68 P-R12 58 - - - - Initiator 1 1.14 Initiator 4 0.99 Resin C 12.8 - - M4 2.42 G1 0.008 PGMEA 24.6 21.45 9.9%

[表9] 第1顏料 分散液 第2顏料 分散液 第3顏料 分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 含氟基之 化合物 單體 界面活性劑 溶劑 固體成分量 固體成分中的起始劑比率   種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 A1 含量 A2 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 實施例69 P-G11 85 - - - - 起始劑1 1.04 起始劑4 0.77 樹脂C 1.8 - - M4 2.04 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% 實施例70 P-G11 85 - - - - 起始劑1 1.04 起始劑4 0.77 樹脂C 1.8 - - M6 M4 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% 實施例71 P-G12 25 P-K12 4.39 P-G14 8.0 起始劑2 2.00 起始劑4 1.06 樹脂C 10.6 - - M4 5.50 G1 0.008 PGMEA 3.9 26.92 11.4% 實施例72 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - 起始劑1 1.15 起始劑4 0.86 樹脂C 5.2 - - M6 M4 0.58 1.34 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.6 23.04 8.7% 實施例73 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - 起始劑2 起始劑3 0.80 0.35 起始劑4 0.86 樹脂C 5.2 - - M6 M4 0.58 1.34 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.6 23.04 8.7% 實施例74 P-G13 44 P-K11 12.6 - - 起始劑2 2.65 起始劑4 1.27 樹脂E 9.8 - - M6 M4 2.24 5.16 G1 0.008 PGMEA 22.3 28.86 13.6% 實施例75 P-B11 51 - - - - 起始劑2 2.17 起始劑4 0.83 樹脂C 8.2 - - M6 M4 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5% 實施例76 P-B11 51 - - - - 起始劑2 2.17 起始劑4 0.83 樹脂C 8.2 - - M6 M4 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 BA 35.3 18.17 16.5% 實施例77 P-B12 10 P-B13 15.8 - - 起始劑2 1.66 起始劑4 1.07 樹脂E 30.9 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 34.4 22.42 12.2% 實施例78 P-B12 5 P-B13 7.7 - - 起始劑2 0.85 起始劑4 1.03 樹脂E 39.8 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 39.4 22.11 8.5% 實施例79 P-B11 34 - - - - 起始劑2 2.00 起始劑4 1.2 樹脂E 24.7 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 31.9 23.62 13.5% 實施例80 P-B11 58 - - - - 起始劑2 2.35 起始劑4 1.18 樹脂E 9.2 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 23.1 24.10 14.6% [Table 9] The first pigment dispersion The second pigment dispersion The third pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin Fluorine-containing compounds monomer Surfactant Solvent Solid content Initiator ratio in solid content species content species content species content A1 content A2 content species content species content species content species content species content Example 69 P-G11 85 - - - - Initiator 1 1.04 Initiator 4 0.77 Resin C 1.8 - - M4 2.04 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% Example 70 P-G11 85 - - - - Initiator 1 1.04 Initiator 4 0.77 Resin C 1.8 - - M6 M4 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% Example 71 P-G12 25 P-K12 4.39 P-G14 8.0 Initiator 2 2.00 Initiator 4 1.06 Resin C 10.6 - - M4 5.50 G1 0.008 PGMEA 3.9 26.92 11.4% Example 72 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - Initiator 1 1.15 Initiator 4 0.86 Resin C 5.2 - - M6 M4 0.58 1.34 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.6 23.04 8.7% Example 73 P-G12 61 P-K12 28.3 - - Starter 2 Starter 3 0.80 0.35 Initiator 4 0.86 Resin C 5.2 - - M6 M4 0.58 1.34 G1 0.008 PGMEA 1.6 23.04 8.7% Example 74 P-G13 44 P-K11 12.6 - - Initiator 2 2.65 Initiator 4 1.27 Resin E 9.8 - - M6 M4 2.24 5.16 G1 0.008 PGMEA 22.3 28.86 13.6% Example 75 P-B11 51 - - - - Initiator 2 2.17 Initiator 4 0.83 Resin C 8.2 - - M6 M4 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5% Example 76 P-B11 51 - - - - Initiator 2 2.17 Initiator 4 0.83 Resin C 8.2 - - M6 M4 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 BA 35.3 18.17 16.5% Example 77 P-B12 10 P-B13 15.8 - - Initiator 2 1.66 Initiator 4 1.07 Resin E 30.9 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 34.4 22.42 12.2% Example 78 P-B12 5 P-B13 7.7 - - Initiator 2 0.85 Initiator 4 1.03 Resin E 39.8 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 39.4 22.11 8.5% Example 79 P-B11 34 - - - - Initiator 2 2.00 Initiator 4 1.2 Resin E 24.7 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 31.9 23.62 13.5% Example 80 P-B11 58 - - - - Initiator 2 2.35 Initiator 4 1.18 Resin E 9.2 - - M6 M4 3.10 3.10 G1 0.008 PGMEA 23.1 24.10 14.6%

[表10] 第1顏料 分散液 第2顏料 分散液 第3顏料 分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 含氟基之 化合物 單體 界面活性劑 溶劑 固體成分量 固體成分中的起始劑比率 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 A1 含量 A2 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 種類 含量 實施例81 P-X 58 P-Z 16.5 - - 起始劑1 0.58 起始劑4 0.62 樹脂C 5.2 - - M4 M7 0.625 0.625 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% 實施例82 P-X 58 P-Z 16.5 - - 起始劑1 0.58 起始劑4 0.62 樹脂C 5.2 - - M4 M8 0.625 0.625 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% 實施例83 P-G11 85 - - - - 起始劑1 1.04 起始劑4 0.77 樹脂C 1.8 - - M6 M7 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% 實施例84 P-G11 85 - - - - 起始劑1 1.04 起始劑4 0.77 樹脂C 1.8 - - M6 M8 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% 實施例85 P-B11 51 - - - - 起始劑2 2.17 起始劑4 0.83 樹脂C 8.2 - - M6 M7 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5 實施例86 P-B11 51 - - - - 起始劑2 2.17 起始劑4 0.83 樹脂C 8.2 - - M6 M8 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5 [Table 10] The first pigment dispersion The second pigment dispersion The third pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin Fluorine-containing compounds monomer Surfactant Solvent Solid content Initiator ratio in solid content species content species content species content A1 content A2 content species content species content species content species content species content Example 81 PX 58 PZ 16.5 - - Initiator 1 0.58 Initiator 4 0.62 Resin C 5.2 - - M4 M7 0.625 0.625 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% Example 82 PX 58 PZ 16.5 - - Initiator 1 0.58 Initiator 4 0.62 Resin C 5.2 - - M4 M8 0.625 0.625 G1 0.008 PGMEA 17.8 18.92 6.3% Example 83 P-G11 85 - - - - Initiator 1 1.04 Initiator 4 0.77 Resin C 1.8 - - M6 M7 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% Example 84 P-G11 85 - - - - Initiator 1 1.04 Initiator 4 0.77 Resin C 1.8 - - M6 M8 1.02 1.02 G1 0.008 PGMEA 9.3 20.43 8.9% Example 85 P-B11 51 - - - - Initiator 2 2.17 Initiator 4 0.83 Resin C 8.2 - - M6 M7 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5 Example 86 P-B11 51 - - - - Initiator 2 2.17 Initiator 4 0.83 Resin C 8.2 - - M6 M8 1.25 1.25 G2 0.008 PGMEA 35.3 18.17 16.5

[表11] M/I比 M/IA1 顏料濃度 評價結果 穩定性 實施例56 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 實施例57 1.3 3.1 47.9% 2 實施例58 1.1 2.1 40.6% 2 實施例59 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 實施例60 1.8 2.8 33.0% 4 實施例61 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 實施例62 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 實施例63 2.3 3.7 13.7% 4 實施例64 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 實施例65 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 實施例66 1.3 3.1 47.9% 2 實施例67 1.3 3.1 45.2% 2 實施例68 1.1 2.1 40.6% 2 實施例69 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 實施例70 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 實施例71 1.8 2.8 33.0% 4 實施例72 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 實施例73 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 實施例74 1.9 2.8 29.1% 4 實施例75 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 實施例76 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 實施例77 2.3 3.7 13.7% 4 實施例78 3.3 7.3 6.9% 2 實施例79 1.9 3.1 20.9% 4 實施例80 1.8 2.6 34.9% 5 實施例81 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 實施例82 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 實施例83 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 實施例84 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 實施例85 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 實施例86 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 [Table 11] M/I ratio M/I A1 ratio Pigment concentration Evaluation results stability Example 56 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 Example 57 1.3 3.1 47.9% 2 Example 58 1.1 2.1 40.6% 2 Example 59 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 Example 60 1.8 2.8 33.0% 4 Example 61 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 Example 62 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 Example 63 2.3 3.7 13.7% 4 Example 64 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 Example 65 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 Example 66 1.3 3.1 47.9% 2 Example 67 1.3 3.1 45.2% 2 Example 68 1.1 2.1 40.6% 2 Example 69 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 Example 70 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 Example 71 1.8 2.8 33.0% 4 Example 72 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 Example 73 1.0 1.7 42.3% 3 Example 74 1.9 2.8 29.1% 4 Example 75 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 Example 76 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 Example 77 2.3 3.7 13.7% 4 Example 78 3.3 7.3 6.9% 2 Example 79 1.9 3.1 20.9% 4 Example 80 1.8 2.6 34.9% 5 Example 81 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 Example 82 1.0 2.2 52.5% 2 Example 83 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 Example 84 1.1 2.0 52.4% 3 Example 85 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5 Example 86 0.8 1.2 40.7% 5

上述表8~10中所記載之原料如下所述。The raw materials described in Tables 8 to 10 are as follows.

(光聚合起始劑) •起始劑1~4:為分別與對表1進行說明之起始劑1~4相同種類的光自由基聚合起始劑。(Photopolymerization initiator) • Initiators 1 to 4: are the same types of photo radical polymerization initiators as the initiators 1 to 4 described in Table 1, respectively.

(樹脂) •樹脂A:為與對表1進行說明之樹脂A相同種類的樹脂。 •樹脂C:為與對表5進行說明之樹脂C相同種類的樹脂。 •樹脂D:使下述結構的化合物(Mw=12000)溶於PGMEA而得之溶液。固體成分量為30質量%。附加在主鏈上之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。 [化學式49]

Figure 02_image096
•樹脂E:使下述結構的化合物(Mw=14000)溶於PGMEA而得之溶液。固體成分量為30質量%。附加在主鏈上之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。 [化學式50]
Figure 02_image098
(Resin) • Resin A: It is the same type of resin as the resin A described in Table 1. • Resin C: It is the same type of resin as the resin C described in Table 5. • Resin D: A solution obtained by dissolving a compound of the following structure (Mw=12000) in PGMEA. The solid content is 30% by mass. The numerical value attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image096
• Resin E: A solution obtained by dissolving a compound of the following structure (Mw=14000) in PGMEA. The solid content is 30% by mass. The numerical value attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image098

(含有呋喃基之化合物) •F1:為與對表1進行說明之含有呋喃基之化合物F1相同種類的化合物。(Compounds containing furan group) • F1: It is the same type of compound as the furyl-containing compound F1 described in Table 1.

(自由基聚合性單體) •M4:為與對表5進行說明之自由基聚合性單體M4相同種類的單體。 •M6:具有下述結構之化合物。 [化學式51]

Figure 02_image100
•M7:3-乙基-3{[(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製 OXT-221)。 •M8:(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲基丙烯酸甲酯(Ube Industries, Ltd.製 ETERNACOLL OXMA)。(Radical polymerizable monomer) • M4: It is the same type of monomer as the radical polymerizable monomer M4 described in Table 5. • M6: A compound with the following structure. [Chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image100
•M7: 3-ethyl-3{[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]methyl}oxetane (OXT-221 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) . • M8: (3-ethyloxetan-3-yl) methyl methacrylate (ETERNACOLL OXMA manufactured by Ube Industries, Ltd.).

(界面活性劑) •G1、G2:分別為與對表5進行說明之界面活性劑G1、G2相同種類的界面活性劑。(Interface active agent) • G1, G2: respectively the same type of surfactants as the surfactants G1 and G2 described in Table 5.

(溶劑) •PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 •CyH:環己酮 •BA:乙酸丁酯(Solvent) •PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate •CyH: Cyclohexanone •BA: Butyl acetate

<分光特性的穩定性評價> 對硬化膜實施在85℃85%的條件下暴露1000小時之高溫高濕試驗,並測量了試驗前後的光譜透過率。然後,在波長400~1100nm的範圍內,對每測量波長計算透過率的變化率,並以該等的變化率中的最大值作為指標,如下所述那樣進行了評價。將評價結果示於表2~4及表6。若評價值為2以上,則可以說作為分光特性的穩定性優於以往之水準。 5:成為指標之變化率為1%以下。 4:成為指標之變化率大於1%且2%以下。 3:成為指標之變化率大於2%且3%以下。 2:成為指標之變化率大於3%且4%以下。 1:成為指標之變化率大於4%。<Evaluation of the stability of spectral characteristics> The cured film was exposed to a high temperature and high humidity test at 85°C and 85% for 1000 hours, and the spectral transmittance before and after the test was measured. Then, in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm, the change rate of the transmittance was calculated for each measurement wavelength, and the maximum value of the change rates was used as an index, and the evaluation was performed as described below. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 2 to 4 and Table 6. If the evaluation value is 2 or more, it can be said that the stability as a spectral characteristic is better than the conventional level. 5: The rate of change as an indicator is less than 1%. 4: The rate of change as an indicator is greater than 1% and less than 2%. 3: The rate of change as an indicator is greater than 2% and less than 3%. 2: The rate of change as an indicator is greater than 3% and less than 4%. 1: The rate of change as an indicator is greater than 4%.

如上述表2~4,6及表11所示,使用實施例的著色組成物形成之硬化膜的分光特性的穩定性優異。 該結果,例如,藉由將使用本發明的著色組成物形成之濾色器併入有機電致發光顯示裝置中,從而能夠獲得顯示性能的穩定性優異之有機電致發光顯示裝置。As shown in the above-mentioned Tables 2 to 4, 6 and Table 11, the cured film formed using the coloring composition of the example has excellent stability of the spectral characteristics. As a result, for example, by incorporating a color filter formed using the coloring composition of the present invention into an organic electroluminescence display device, an organic electroluminescence display device having excellent stability of display performance can be obtained.

又,由實施例2及實施例4的比較可知,具有來自於由下述式(III)表示之化合物的結構、更具體而言,具有對枯基苯酚基之樹脂A更有助於硬化膜的分光特性的穩定性。In addition, from the comparison of Example 2 and Example 4, it can be seen that it has a structure derived from the compound represented by the following formula (III). More specifically, the resin A having a p-cumylphenol group contributes more to the cured film The stability of the spectroscopic characteristics.

又,由實施例13及實施例14的結果可知,即使併用上述特定的光聚合起始劑A1和上述特定的光聚合起始劑A2,亦可獲得硬化膜的分光特性的穩定性優異之組成物。In addition, from the results of Example 13 and Example 14, it can be seen that even if the above-mentioned specific photopolymerization initiator A1 and the above-mentioned specific photopolymerization initiator A2 are used in combination, a composition with excellent stability of the spectral characteristics of the cured film can be obtained. Things.

又,由實施例37~40的結果可知,藉由將顏料衍生物相對於分散液中的顏料的含量設為0.5質量份以下,可獲得上述穩定性更優異之組成物。In addition, from the results of Examples 37 to 40, it can be seen that by setting the content of the pigment derivative with respect to the pigment in the dispersion to 0.5 parts by mass or less, a composition with more excellent stability can be obtained.

Claims (21)

一種著色組成物,其含有著色劑、自由基聚合性單體及光自由基聚合起始劑,其中 該著色組成物的總固體成分中的該光自由基聚合起始劑的含量為3質量%以上, 該著色組成物使用具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光,以200mJ/cm2 以上的曝光量進行曝光,並且用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成硬化膜。A coloring composition comprising a coloring agent, a radical polymerizable monomer and a photo radical polymerization initiator, wherein the content of the photo radical polymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 3% by mass As described above, the colored composition uses light having a wavelength greater than 350 nm and less than 380 nm, is exposed at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 or more, and is used to form a cured film at a temperature of 150° C. or less in the entire process. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光自由基聚合起始劑的該含量為9質量%以上。The colored composition as described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein The content of the photo radical polymerization initiator is 9% by mass or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之著色組成物,其中 該著色組成物的總固體成分中的該自由基聚合性單體的含量M與該光自由基聚合起始劑的該含量I之比M/I以質量比計為20以下。Such as the coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein The ratio M/I of the content M of the radical polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition to the content I of the photo radical polymerization initiator is 20 or less in mass ratio. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光自由基聚合起始劑包含肟化合物。Such as the coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein The photoradical polymerization initiator contains an oxime compound. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述之著色組成物,其中 該肟化合物的該含量為10質量%以上。The coloring composition as described in item 4 of the scope of patent application, of which The content of the oxime compound is 10% by mass or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光自由基聚合起始劑包含甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A1及甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×102 mL/gcm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×103 mL/gcm以上的光聚合起始劑A2。The coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator comprises a photopolymerization initiator with an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm The photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 in which the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0×10 2 mL/gcm or less and the absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0×10 3 mL/gcm or more in methanol. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光聚合起始劑A1的該含量為10質量%以上。The coloring composition as described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein The content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 is 10% by mass or more. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之著色組成物,其中 該著色組成物的總固體成分中的該自由基聚合性單體的含量M與該光聚合起始劑A1的該含量IA1 之比M/IA1 以質量比計為20以下。The coloring composition described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of the content M of the radical polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition to the content I A1 of the photopolymerization initiator A1 M/I A1 is 20 or less in mass ratio. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光聚合起始劑A1包含含有氟原子之肟化合物。The coloring composition as described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein The photopolymerization initiator A1 contains an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之著色組成物,其中 該光聚合起始劑A2包含羥基烷基苯酮化合物。The coloring composition as described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein The photopolymerization initiator A2 contains a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述之著色組成物,其中 該羥基烷基苯酮化合物為由下述式(V)表示之化合物, 式(V):
Figure 03_image102
式中,Rv1 表示取代基,Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv2 與Rv3 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環,m表示0~5的整數。
The coloring composition described in item 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein the hydroxyalkyl phenone compound is a compound represented by the following formula (V), formula (V):
Figure 03_image102
In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer of 0-5.
如申請專利範圍第6項所述之著色組成物,其中 該著色組成物的總固體成分中的該光聚合起始劑A1與該光聚合起始劑A2的合計含量為5~15質量%。The coloring composition as described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein The total content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 5 to 15% by mass. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之著色組成物,其中 該著色組成物還含有樹脂,該樹脂包含來自於由下述式(I)表示之化合物的重複單元,
Figure 03_image104
式中,X1 表示O或NH, R1 表示氫原子或甲基, L1 表示2價的連接基, R10 表示取代基, m表示0~2的整數, p表示0以上的整數。
The coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the coloring composition further contains a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (I),
Figure 03_image104
In the formula, X 1 represents O or NH, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 represents a divalent linking group, R 10 represents a substituent, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and p represents an integer of 0 or more.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之著色組成物,其還含有包含呋喃基之化合物。The coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application further contains a furan group-containing compound. 如申請專利範圍第14項所述之著色組成物,其中 包含該呋喃基之化合物為選自樹脂中之至少1種,該樹脂包含來自於由下述式(fur-1)表示之化合物及由下述式(fur-1)表示之化合物的重複單元, 式(fur-1):
Figure 03_image106
式中,Rf1 表示氫原子或甲基,Rf2 表示2價的連接基。
The coloring composition described in item 14 of the scope of patent application, wherein the furan group-containing compound is at least one selected from resins, and the resin includes a compound derived from the following formula (fur-1) and The repeating unit of the compound represented by the following formula (fur-1), formula (fur-1):
Figure 03_image106
In the formula, Rf 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Rf 2 represents a divalent linking group.
一種硬化膜的形成方法,其具有: 將申請專利範圍第1項至第15項中任一項所述之著色組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層之製程;及 以200mJ/cm2 以上的曝光量對該著色組成物層照射具有大於350nm且380nm以下的波長之光,從而對該著色組成物層進行曝光之曝光製程, 在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下獲得該著色組成物層硬化而成之膜亦即硬化膜。A method for forming a hardened film, comprising: a process of coating the colored composition described in any one of items 1 to 15 in the scope of the patent application on a support to form a colored composition layer; and The exposure amount above cm 2 irradiates the colored composition layer with light having a wavelength greater than 350 nm and less than 380 nm, thereby exposing the colored composition layer to an exposure process, which is obtained at a temperature below 150° C. in the entire process The film formed by curing the colored composition layer is also the cured film. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 該曝光製程中的曝光量為1J/cm2 以上。The method for forming a cured film as described in item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein the exposure amount in the exposure process is 1 J/cm 2 or more. 如申請專利範圍第16項或第17項所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 該曝光製程中的曝光照度為1000mW/cm2 以上。The method for forming a cured film as described in item 16 or item 17 of the scope of patent application, wherein the exposure illuminance in the exposure process is 1000 mW/cm 2 or more. 如申請專利範圍第16項或第17項所述之硬化膜的形成方法,其中 在整個製程中,在100℃以下的溫度下獲得該硬化膜。The method for forming a cured film as described in item 16 or item 17 of the scope of patent application, wherein In the whole process, the cured film is obtained at a temperature below 100°C. 一種濾色器的製造方法,其包括申請專利範圍第16項至第19項中任一項所述之硬化膜的形成方法。A method for manufacturing a color filter includes the method for forming a cured film described in any one of the 16th to 19th patent applications. 一種顯示裝置的製造方法,其包括申請專利範圍第16項至第19項中任一項所述之硬化膜的形成方法。A method of manufacturing a display device includes the method for forming a cured film described in any one of the 16th to 19th patent applications.
TW108134253A 2018-09-26 2019-09-23 Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device TW202024139A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018181018 2018-09-26
JP2018-181018 2018-09-26
JP2019018887 2019-02-05
JP2019-018887 2019-02-05
JP2019-153488 2019-08-26
JP2019153488 2019-08-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202024139A true TW202024139A (en) 2020-07-01

Family

ID=69953482

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108134253A TW202024139A (en) 2018-09-26 2019-09-23 Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7169362B2 (en)
CN (1) CN112739726B (en)
TW (1) TW202024139A (en)
WO (1) WO2020066919A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2023055434A (en) * 2021-10-06 2023-04-18 株式会社ダイセル Curable resin composition and cured product thereof

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011141413A (en) 2010-01-07 2011-07-21 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Blue photosensitive resin composition and color filter
JP6147135B2 (en) * 2013-08-05 2017-06-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6178164B2 (en) 2013-08-23 2017-08-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, organic EL liquid crystal display device
JP2015143840A (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-08-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing color filter
JP6344967B2 (en) 2014-05-08 2018-06-20 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, brightness adjusting layer, color filter, and color display device
WO2016031442A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing dye multimer
WO2016121194A1 (en) 2015-01-29 2016-08-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imagine element and image display device
CN107735728A (en) * 2015-06-15 2018-02-23 东洋油墨Sc控股株式会社 Photosensitive composite, colored filter photosensitive composite and colored filter
JP6476302B2 (en) * 2015-08-31 2019-02-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored layer manufacturing method, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2017141860A1 (en) 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring curable composition, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing cured film
JP6951347B2 (en) * 2016-09-23 2021-10-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2019065001A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for forming pattern, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2019172005A1 (en) * 2018-03-05 2019-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for forming pattern, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020066919A1 (en) 2020-04-02
CN112739726B (en) 2023-09-19
CN112739726A (en) 2021-04-30
JP7169362B2 (en) 2022-11-10
JPWO2020066919A1 (en) 2021-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2023055728A (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
JP2024052779A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW202130674A (en) Coloring resin composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device and image display device
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7185759B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7233518B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
TWI820219B (en) Curable composition, cured film, pattern formation method, optical filter and optical sensor
JP7462807B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7169362B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for forming cured film, method for producing color filter, and method for producing display device
JP7220776B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter and display device
JP7198819B2 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7284184B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW202112903A (en) Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device and image display device
JP7376609B2 (en) Colored compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
CN111771164A (en) Photosensitive composition
JP7273046B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for forming pixel, method for producing color filter, and method for producing display device
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
KR102668934B1 (en) Coloring compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
JP7301989B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter and display device
KR102672437B1 (en) Coloring compositions, cured films, color filters and display devices
JP7220726B2 (en) Curable composition, film, structure, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7290731B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
CN113631600B (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter, and display device
TWI835977B (en) Curable compositions, films, structures, color filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices